;


Sūkta 6.1 

tváṃ hyagne pratʰamó manótāsyā́ dʰiyó ábʰavo dasma hótā |
tváṃ sīṃ vṛṣannakṛṇorduṣṭárītu sáho víśvasmai sáhase sáhadʰyai || 1||











ádʰā hótā nyàsīdo yájīyāniḷáspadá iṣáyannī́ḍyaḥ sán |
táṃ tvā náraḥ pratʰamáṃ devayánto mahó rāyé citáyanto ánu gman || 2||











vṛtéva yántaṃ bahúbʰirvasavyaìstvé rayíṃ jāgṛvā́ṃso ánu gman |
rúśantamagníṃ darśatáṃ bṛhántaṃ vapā́vantaṃ viśváhā dīdivā́ṃsam || 3||











padáṃ devásya námasā vyántaḥ śravasyávaḥ śráva āpannámṛktam |
nā́māni ciddadʰire yajñíyāni bʰadrā́yāṃ te raṇayanta sáṃdṛṣṭau || 4||











tvā́ṃ vardʰanti kṣitáyaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ṃ tvā́ṃ rā́ya ubʰáyāso jánānām |
tváṃ trātā́ taraṇe cétyo bʰūḥ pitā́ mātā́ sádamínmā́nuṣāṇām || 5||











saparyéṇyaḥ sá priyó vikṣvàgnírhótā mandró ní ṣasādā yájīyān |
táṃ tvā vayáṃ dáma ā́ dīdivā́ṃsamúpa jñubā́dʰo námasā sadema || 6||











táṃ tvā vayáṃ sudʰyò návyamagne sumnāyáva īmahe devayántaḥ |
tváṃ víśo anayo dī́dyāno divó agne bṛhatā́ rocanéna || 7||











viśā́ṃ kavíṃ viśpátiṃ śáśvatīnāṃ nitóśanaṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ carṣaṇīnā́m |
prétīṣaṇimiṣáyantaṃ pāvakáṃ rā́jantamagníṃ yajatáṃ rayīṇā́m || 8||











só agna īje śaśamé ca márto yásta ā́naṭ samídʰā havyádātim |
yá ā́hutiṃ pári védā námobʰirvíśvétsá vāmā́ dadʰate tvótaḥ || 9||











asmā́ u te máhi mahé vidʰema námobʰiragne samídʰotá havyaíḥ |
védī sūno sahaso gīrbʰíruktʰaírā́ te bʰadrā́yāṃ sumataú yatema || 10||











ā́ yástatántʰa ródasī ví bʰāsā́ śrávobʰiśca śravasyàstárutraḥ |
bṛhádbʰirvā́jai stʰávirebʰirasmé revádbʰiragne vitaráṃ ví bʰāhi || 11||











nṛvádvaso sádamíddʰehyasmé bʰū́ri tokā́ya tánayāya paśváḥ |
pūrvī́ríṣo bṛhatī́rāréagʰā asmé bʰadrā́ sauśravasā́ni santu || 12||











purū́ṇyagne purudʰā́ tvāyā́ vásūni rājanvasútā te aśyām |
purū́ṇi hí tvé puruvāra sántyágne vásu vidʰaté rā́jani tvé || 13||












Sūkta 6.2 

tváṃ hí kṣaítavadyáśó'gne mitró ná pátyase |
tváṃ vicarṣaṇe śrávo váso puṣṭíṃ ná puṣyasi || 1||











tvā́ṃ hí ṣmā carṣaṇáyo yajñébʰirgīrbʰírī́ḷate |
tvā́ṃ vājī́ yātyavṛkó rajastū́rviśvácarṣaṇiḥ || 2||











sajóṣastvā divó náro yajñásya ketúmindʰate |
yáddʰa syá mā́nuṣo jánaḥ sumnāyúrjuhvé adʰvaré || 3||











ṛ́dʰadyáste sudā́nave dʰiyā́ mártaḥ śaśámate |
ūtī́ ṣá bṛható divó dviṣó áṃho ná tarati || 4||











samídʰā yásta ā́hutiṃ níśitiṃ mártyo náśat |
vayā́vantaṃ sá puṣyati kṣáyamagne śatā́yuṣam || 5||











tveṣáste dʰūmá ṛṇvati diví ṣáñcʰukrá ā́tataḥ |
sū́ro ná hí dyutā́ tváṃ kṛpā́ pāvaka rócase || 6||











ádʰā hí vikṣvī́ḍyó'si priyó no átitʰiḥ |
raṇváḥ purī̀va jū́ryaḥ sūnúrná trayayā́yyaḥ || 7||











krátvā hí dróṇe ajyásé'gne vājī́ ná kṛ́tvyaḥ |
párijmeva svadʰā́ gáyó'tyo ná hvāryáḥ śíśuḥ || 8||











tváṃ tyā́ cidácyutā́gne paśúrná yávase |
dʰā́mā ha yátte ajara vánā vṛścánti śíkvasaḥ || 9||











véṣi hyàdʰvarīyatā́mágne hótā dáme viśā́m |
samṛ́dʰo viśpate kṛṇu juṣásva havyámaṅgiraḥ || 10||











ácʰā no mitramaho deva devā́nágne vócaḥ sumatíṃ ródasyoḥ |
vīhí svastíṃ sukṣitíṃ divó nṝ́ndviṣó áṃhāṃsi duritā́ tarema tā́ tarema távā́vasā tarema || 11||












Sūkta 6.3 

ágne sá kṣeṣadṛtapā́ ṛtejā́ urú jyótirnaśate devayúṣṭe |
yáṃ tváṃ mitréṇa váruṇaḥ sajóṣā déva pā́si tyájasā mártamáṃhaḥ || 1||











ījé yajñébʰiḥ śaśamé śámībʰirṛdʰádvārāyāgnáye dadāśa |
evā́ caná táṃ yaśásāmájuṣṭirnā́ṃho mártaṃ naśate ná prádṛptiḥ || 2||











sū́ro ná yásya dṛśatírarepā́ bʰīmā́ yádéti śucatásta ā́ dʰī́ḥ |
héṣasvataḥ śurúdʰo nā́yámaktóḥ kútrā cidraṇvó vasatírvanejā́ḥ || 3||











tigmáṃ cidéma máhi várpo asya bʰásadáśvo ná yamasāná āsā́ |
vijéhamānaḥ paraśúrná jihvā́ṃ dravírná drāvayati dā́ru dʰákṣat || 4||











sá ídásteva práti dʰādasiṣyáñcʰíśīta téjó'yaso ná dʰā́rām |
citrádʰrajatiraratíryó aktórvérná druṣádvā ragʰupátmajaṃhāḥ || 5||











sá īṃ rebʰó ná práti vasta usrā́ḥ śocíṣā rārapīti mitrámahāḥ |
náktaṃ yá īmaruṣó yó dívā nṝ́námartyo aruṣó yó dívā nṝ́n || 6||











divó ná yásya vidʰató návīnodvṛ́ṣā rukṣá óṣadʰīṣu nūnot |
gʰṛ́ṇā ná yó dʰrájasā pátmanā yánnā́ ródasī vásunā dáṃ supátnī || 7||











dʰā́yobʰirvā yó yújyebʰirarkaírvidyúnná davidyotsvébʰiḥ śúṣmaiḥ |
śárdʰo vā yó marútāṃ tatákṣa ṛbʰúrná tveṣó rabʰasānó adyaut || 8||












Sūkta 6.4 

yátʰā hotarmánuṣo devátātā yajñébʰiḥ sūno sahaso yájāsi |
evā́ no adyá samanā́ samānā́nuśánnagna uśató yakṣi devā́n || 1||











sá no vibʰā́vā cakṣáṇirná vástoragnírvandā́ru védyaścáno dʰāt |
viśvā́yuryó amṛ́to mártyeṣūṣarbʰúdbʰū́dátitʰirjātávedāḥ || 2||











dyā́vo ná yásya panáyantyábʰvaṃ bʰā́sāṃsi vaste sū́ryo ná śukráḥ |
ví yá inótyajáraḥ pāvakó'śnasya cicʰiśnatʰatpūrvyā́ṇi || 3||











vadmā́ hí sūno ásyadmasádvā cakré agnírjanúṣā́jmā́nnam |
sá tváṃ na ūrjasana ū́rjaṃ dʰā rā́jeva jeravṛké kṣeṣyantáḥ || 4||











nítikti yó vāraṇámánnamátti vāyúrná rā́ṣṭryátyetyaktū́n |
turyā́ma yásta ādíśāmárātīrátyo ná hrútaḥ pátataḥ parihrút || 5||











ā́ sū́ryo ná bʰānumádbʰirarkaírágne tatántʰa ródasī ví bʰāsā́ |
citró nayatpári támāṃsyaktáḥ śocíṣā pátmannauśijó ná dī́yan || 6||











tvā́ṃ hí mandrátamamarkaśokaírvavṛmáhe máhi naḥ śróṣyagne |
índraṃ ná tvā śávasā devátā vāyúṃ pṛṇanti rā́dʰasā nṛ́tamāḥ || 7||











nū́ no agne'vṛkébʰiḥ svastí véṣi rāyáḥ patʰíbʰiḥ párṣyáṃhaḥ |
tā́ sūríbʰyo gṛṇaté rāsi sumnáṃ mádema śatáhimāḥ suvī́rāḥ || 8||












Sūkta 6.5 

huvé vaḥ sūnúṃ sáhaso yúvānamádrogʰavācaṃ matíbʰiryáviṣṭʰam |
yá ínvati dráviṇāni prácetā viśvávārāṇi puruvā́ro adʰrúk || 1||











tvé vásūni purvaṇīka hotardoṣā́ vástorérire yajñíyāsaḥ |
kṣā́meva víśvā bʰúvanāni yásminsáṃ saúbʰagāni dadʰiré pāvaké || 2||











tváṃ vikṣú pradívaḥ sīda āsú krátvā ratʰī́rabʰavo vā́ryāṇām |
áta inoṣi vidʰaté cikitvo vyā̀nuṣágjātavedo vásūni || 3||











yó naḥ sánutyo abʰidā́sadagne yó ántaro mitramaho vanuṣyā́t |
támajárebʰirvṛ́ṣabʰistáva svaístápā tapiṣṭʰa tápasā tápasvān || 4||











yáste yajñéna samídʰā yá uktʰaírarkébʰiḥ sūno sahaso dádāśat |
sá mártyeṣvamṛta prácetā rāyā́ dyumnéna śrávasā ví bʰāti || 5||











sá tátkṛdʰīṣitástū́yamagne spṛ́dʰo bādʰasva sáhasā sáhasvān |
yácʰasyáse dyúbʰiraktó vácobʰistájjuṣasva jaritúrgʰóṣi mánma || 6||











aśyā́ma táṃ kā́mamagne távotī́ aśyā́ma rayíṃ rayivaḥ suvī́ram |
aśyā́ma vā́jamabʰí vājáyanto'śyā́ma dyumnámajarājáraṃ te || 7||












Sūkta 6.6 

prá návyasā sáhasaḥ sūnúmácʰā yajñéna gātúmáva icʰámānaḥ |
vṛścádvanaṃ kṛṣṇáyāmaṃ rúśantaṃ vītī́ hótāraṃ divyáṃ jigāti || 1||











sá śvitānástanyatū́ rocanastʰā́ ajárebʰirnā́nadadbʰiryáviṣṭʰaḥ |
yáḥ pāvakáḥ purutámaḥ purū́ṇi pṛtʰū́nyagníranuyā́ti bʰárvan || 2||











ví te víṣvagvā́tajūtāso agne bʰā́māsaḥ śuce śúcayaścaranti |
tuvimrakṣā́so divyā́ návagvā vánā vananti dʰṛṣatā́ rujántaḥ || 3||











yé te śukrā́saḥ śúcayaḥ śuciṣmaḥ kṣā́ṃ vápanti víṣitāso áśvāḥ |
ádʰa bʰramásta urviyā́ ví bʰāti yātáyamāno ádʰi sā́nu pṛ́śneḥ || 4||











ádʰa jihvā́ pāpatīti prá vṛ́ṣṇo goṣuyúdʰo nā́śániḥ sṛjānā́ |
śū́rasyeva prásitiḥ kṣātíragnérdurvárturbʰīmó dayate vánāni || 5||











ā́ bʰānúnā pā́rtʰivāni jráyāṃsi mahástodásya dʰṛṣatā́ tatantʰa |
sá bādʰasvā́pa bʰayā́ sáhobʰi spṛ́dʰo vanuṣyánvanúṣo ní jūrva || 6||











sá citra citráṃ citáyantamasmé cítrakṣatra citrátamaṃ vayodʰā́m |
candráṃ rayíṃ puruvī́raṃ bṛhántaṃ cándra candrā́bʰirgṛṇaté yuvasva || 7||












Sūkta 6.7 

mūrdʰā́naṃ divó aratíṃ pṛtʰivyā́ vaiśvānarámṛtá ā́ jātámagním |
kavíṃ samrā́jamátitʰiṃ jánānāmāsánnā́ pā́traṃ janayanta devā́ḥ || 1||











nā́bʰiṃ yajñā́nāṃ sádanaṃ rayīṇā́ṃ mahā́māhāvámabʰí sáṃ navanta |
vaiśvānaráṃ ratʰyàmadʰvarā́ṇāṃ yajñásya ketúṃ janayanta devā́ḥ || 2||











tvádvípro jāyate vājyàgne tvádvīrā́so abʰimātiṣā́haḥ |
vaíśvānara tvámasmā́su dʰehi vásūni rājanspṛhayā́yyāṇi || 3||











tvā́ṃ víśve amṛta jā́yamānaṃ śíśuṃ ná devā́ abʰí sáṃ navante |
táva krátubʰiramṛtatvámāyanvaíśvānara yátpitrórádīdeḥ || 4||











vaíśvānara táva tā́ni vratā́ni mahā́nyagne nákirā́ dadʰarṣa |
yájjā́yamānaḥ pitrórupástʰé'vindaḥ ketúṃ vayúneṣváhnām || 5||











vaiśvānarásya vímitāni cákṣasā sā́nūni divó amṛ́tasya ketúnā |
tásyédu víśvā bʰúvanā́dʰi mūrdʰáni vayā́ iva ruruhuḥ saptá visrúhaḥ || 6||











ví yó rájāṃsyámimīta sukráturvaiśvānaró ví divó rocanā́ kavíḥ |
pári yó víśvā bʰúvanāni papratʰé'dabdʰo gopā́ amṛ́tasya rakṣitā́ || 7||












Sūkta 6.8 

pṛkṣásya vṛ́ṣṇo aruṣásya nū́ sáhaḥ prá nú vocaṃ vidátʰā jātávedasaḥ |
vaiśvānarā́ya matírnávyasī śúciḥ sóma iva pavate cā́ruragnáye || 1||











sá jā́yamānaḥ paramé vyomani vratā́nyagnírvratapā́ arakṣata |
vyàntárikṣamamimīta sukráturvaiśvānaró mahinā́ nā́kamaspṛśat || 2||











vyàstabʰnādródasī mitró ádbʰuto'ntarvā́vadakṛṇojjyótiṣā támaḥ |
ví cármaṇīva dʰiṣáṇe avartayadvaiśvānaró víśvamadʰatta vṛ́ṣṇyam || 3||











apā́mupástʰe mahiṣā́ agṛbʰṇata víśo rā́jānamúpa tastʰurṛgmíyam |
ā́ dūtó agnímabʰaradvivásvato vaiśvānaráṃ mātaríśvā parāvátaḥ || 4||











yugéyuge vidatʰyàṃ gṛṇádbʰyó'gne rayíṃ yaśásaṃ dʰehi návyasīm |
pavyéva rājannagʰáśaṃsamajara nīcā́ ní vṛśca vanínaṃ ná téjasā || 5||











asmā́kamagne magʰávatsu dʰārayā́nāmi kṣatrámajáraṃ suvī́ryam |
vayáṃ jayema śatínaṃ sahasríṇaṃ vaíśvānara vā́jamagne távotíbʰiḥ || 6||











ádabdʰebʰistáva gopā́bʰiriṣṭe'smā́kaṃ pāhi triṣadʰastʰa sūrī́n |
rákṣā ca no dadúṣāṃ śárdʰo agne vaíśvānara prá ca tārī stávānaḥ || 7||












Sūkta 6.9 

áhaśca kṛṣṇámáharárjunaṃ ca ví vartete rájasī vedyā́bʰiḥ |
vaiśvānaró jā́yamāno ná rā́jā́vātirajjyótiṣāgnístámāṃsi || 1||











nā́háṃ tántuṃ ná ví jānāmyótuṃ ná yáṃ váyanti samaré'tamānāḥ |
kásya svitputrá ihá váktvāni paró vadātyávareṇa pitrā́ || 2||











sá íttántuṃ sá ví jānātyótuṃ sá váktvānyṛtutʰā́ vadāti |
yá īṃ cíketadamṛ́tasya gopā́ aváścáranparó anyéna páśyan || 3||











ayáṃ hótā pratʰamáḥ páśyatemámidáṃ jyótiramṛ́taṃ mártyeṣu |
ayáṃ sá jajñe dʰruvá ā́ níṣattó'martyastanvā̀ várdʰamānaḥ || 4||











dʰruváṃ jyótirníhitaṃ dṛśáye káṃ máno jáviṣṭʰaṃ patáyatsvantáḥ |
víśve devā́ḥ sámanasaḥ sáketā ékaṃ krátumabʰí ví yanti sādʰú || 5||











ví me kárṇā patayato ví cákṣurvī̀dáṃ jyótirhṛ́daya ā́hitaṃ yát |
ví me mánaścarati dūráādʰīḥ kíṃ svidvakṣyā́mi kímu nū́ maniṣye || 6||











víśve devā́ anamasyanbʰiyānā́stvā́magne támasi tastʰivā́ṃsam |
vaiśvānarò'vatūtáye nó'martyo'vatūtáye naḥ || 7||












Sūkta 6.10 

puró vo mandráṃ divyáṃ suvṛktíṃ prayatí yajñé agnímadʰvaré dadʰidʰvam |
purá uktʰébʰiḥ sá hí no vibʰā́vā svadʰvarā́ karati jātávedāḥ || 1||











támu dyumaḥ purvaṇīka hotarágne agníbʰirmánuṣa idʰānáḥ |
stómaṃ yámasmai mamáteva śūṣáṃ gʰṛtáṃ ná śúci matáyaḥ pavante || 2||











pīpā́ya sá śrávasā mártyeṣu yó agnáye dadā́śa vípra uktʰaíḥ |
citrā́bʰistámūtíbʰiścitráśocirvrajásya sātā́ gómato dadʰāti || 3||











ā́ yáḥ papraú jā́yamāna urvī́ dūredṛ́śā bʰāsā́ kṛṣṇā́dʰvā |
ádʰa bahú cittáma ū́rmyāyāstiráḥ śocíṣā dadṛśe pāvakáḥ || 4||











nū́ naścitráṃ puruvā́jābʰirūtī́ ágne rayíṃ magʰávadbʰyaśca dʰehi |
yé rā́dʰasā śrávasā cā́tyanyā́nsuvī́ryebʰiścābʰí sánti jánān || 5||











imáṃ yajñáṃ cáno dʰā agna uśányáṃ ta āsānó juhuté havíṣmān |
bʰarádvājeṣu dadʰiṣe suvṛktímávīrvā́jasya gádʰyasya sātaú || 6||











ví dvéṣāṃsīnuhí vardʰáyéḷāṃ mádema śatáhimāḥ suvī́rāḥ || 7||












Sūkta 6.11 

yájasva hotariṣitó yájīyānágne bā́dʰo marútāṃ ná práyukti |
ā́ no mitrā́váruṇā nā́satyā dyā́vā hotrā́ya pṛtʰivī́ vavṛtyāḥ || 1||











tváṃ hótā mandrátamo no adʰrúgantárdevó vidátʰā mártyeṣu |
pāvakáyā juhvā̀ váhnirāsā́gne yájasva tanvàṃ tava svā́m || 2||











dʰányā ciddʰí tvé dʰiṣáṇā váṣṭi prá devā́ñjánma gṛṇaté yájadʰyai |
vépiṣṭʰo áṅgirasāṃ yáddʰa vípro mádʰu cʰandó bʰánati rebʰá iṣṭaú || 3||











ádidyutatsvápāko vibʰā́vā́gne yájasva ródasī urūcī́ |
āyúṃ ná yáṃ námasā rātáhavyā añjánti suprayásaṃ páñca jánāḥ || 4||











vṛñjé ha yánnámasā barhíragnā́váyāmi srúggʰṛtávatī suvṛktíḥ |
ámyakṣi sádma sádane pṛtʰivyā́ áśrāyi yajñáḥ sū́rye ná cákṣuḥ || 5||











daśasyā́ naḥ purvaṇīka hotardevébʰiragne agníbʰiridʰānáḥ |
rāyáḥ sūno sahaso vāvasānā́ áti srasema vṛjánaṃ nā́ṃhaḥ || 6||












Sūkta 6.12 

mádʰye hótā duroṇé barhíṣo rā́ḷagnístodásya ródasī yájadʰyai |
ayáṃ sá sūnúḥ sáhasa ṛtā́vā dūrā́tsū́ryo ná śocíṣā tatāna || 1||











ā́ yásmintvé svápāke yajatra yákṣadrājansarvátāteva nú dyaúḥ |
triṣadʰástʰastatarúṣo ná jáṃho havyā́ magʰā́ni mā́nuṣā yájadʰyai || 2||











téjiṣṭʰā yásyāratírvanerā́ṭ todó ádʰvanná vṛdʰasānó adyaut |
adrogʰó ná dravitā́ cetati tmánnámartyo'vartrá óṣadʰīṣu || 3||











sā́smā́kebʰiretárī ná śūṣaíragní ṣṭave dáma ā́ jātávedāḥ |
drvànno vanvánkrátvā nā́rvosráḥ pitéva jārayā́yi yajñaíḥ || 4||











ádʰa smāsya panayanti bʰā́so vṛ́tʰā yáttákṣadanuyā́ti pṛtʰvī́m |
sadyó yáḥ syandró víṣito dʰávīyānṛṇó ná tāyúráti dʰánvā rāṭ || 5||











sá tváṃ no arvannídāyā víśvebʰiragne agníbʰiridʰānáḥ |
véṣi rāyó ví yāsi ducʰúnā mádema śatáhimāḥ suvī́rāḥ || 6||












Sūkta 6.13 

tvádvíśvā subʰaga saúbʰagānyágne ví yanti vaníno ná vayā́ḥ |
śruṣṭī́ rayírvā́jo vṛtratū́rye divó vṛṣṭírī́ḍyo rītírapā́m || 1||











tváṃ bʰágo na ā́ hí rátnamiṣé párijmeva kṣayasi dasmávarcāḥ |
ágne mitró ná bṛhatá ṛtásyā́si kṣattā́ vāmásya deva bʰū́reḥ || 2||











sá sátpatiḥ śávasā hanti vṛtrámágne vípro ví paṇérbʰarti vā́jam |
yáṃ tváṃ praceta ṛtajāta rāyā́ sajóṣā náptrāpā́ṃ hinóṣi || 3||











yáste sūno sahaso gīrbʰíruktʰaíryajñaírmárto níśitiṃ vedyā́naṭ |
víśvaṃ sá deva práti vā́ramagne dʰatté dʰānyàṃ patyate vasavyaìḥ || 4||











tā́ nṛ́bʰya ā́ sauśravasā́ suvī́rā́gne sūno sahasaḥ puṣyáse dʰāḥ |
kṛṇóṣi yácʰávasā bʰū́ri paśvó váyo vṛ́kāyāráye jásuraye || 5||











vadmā́ sūno sahaso no víhāyā ágne tokáṃ tánayaṃ vājí no dāḥ |
víśvābʰirgīrbʰírabʰí pūrtímaśyāṃ mádema śatáhimāḥ suvī́rāḥ || 6||












Sūkta 6.14 

agnā́ yó mártyo dúvo dʰíyaṃ jujóṣa dʰītíbʰiḥ |
bʰásannú ṣá prá pūrvyá íṣaṃ vurītā́vase || 1||











agníríddʰí prácetā agnírvedʰástama ṛ́ṣiḥ |
agníṃ hótāramīḷate yajñéṣu mánuṣo víśaḥ || 2||











nā́nā hyàgné'vase spárdʰante rā́yo aryáḥ |
tū́rvanto dásyumāyávo vrataíḥ sī́kṣanto avratám || 3||











agnírapsā́mṛtīṣáhaṃ vīráṃ dadāti sátpatim |
yásya trásanti śávasaḥ saṃcákṣi śátravo bʰiyā́ || 4||











agnírhí vidmánā nidó devó mártamuruṣyáti |
sahā́vā yásyā́vṛto rayírvā́jeṣvávṛtaḥ || 5||











ácʰā no mitramaho deva devā́nágne vócaḥ sumatíṃ ródasyoḥ |
vīhí svastíṃ sukṣitíṃ divó nṝ́ndviṣó áṃhāṃsi duritā́ tarema tā́ tarema távā́vasā tarema || 6||












Sūkta 6.15 

imámū ṣú vo átitʰimuṣarbúdʰaṃ víśvāsāṃ viśā́ṃ pátimṛñjase girā́ |
vétī́ddivó janúṣā káccidā́ śúcirjyókcidatti gárbʰo yádácyutam || 1||











mitráṃ ná yáṃ súdʰitaṃ bʰṛ́gavo dadʰúrvánaspátāvī́ḍyamūrdʰváśociṣam |
sá tváṃ súprīto vītáhavye adbʰuta práśastibʰirmahayase divédive || 2||











sá tváṃ dákṣasyāvṛkó vṛdʰó bʰūraryáḥ párasyā́ntarasya táruṣaḥ |
rāyáḥ sūno sahaso mártyeṣvā́ cʰardíryacʰa vītáhavyāya saprátʰo bʰarádvājāya saprátʰaḥ || 3||











dyutānáṃ vo átitʰiṃ svàrṇaramagníṃ hótāraṃ mánuṣaḥ svadʰvarám |
vípraṃ ná dyukṣávacasaṃ suvṛktíbʰirhavyavā́hamaratíṃ devámṛñjase || 4||











pāvakáyā yáścitáyantyā kṛpā́ kṣā́manrurucá uṣáso ná bʰānúnā |
tū́rvanná yā́mannétaśasya nū́ ráṇa ā́ yó gʰṛṇé ná tatṛṣāṇó ajáraḥ || 5||











agnímagniṃ vaḥ samídʰā duvasyata priyámpriyaṃ vo átitʰiṃ gṛṇīṣáṇi |
úpa vo gīrbʰíramṛ́taṃ vivāsata devó devéṣu vánate hí vā́ryaṃ devó devéṣu vánate hí no dúvaḥ || 6||











sámiddʰamagníṃ samídʰā girā́ gṛṇe śúciṃ pāvakáṃ puró adʰvaré dʰruvám |
vípraṃ hótāraṃ puruvā́ramadrúhaṃ kavíṃ sumnaírīmahe jātávedasam || 7||











tvā́ṃ dūtámagne amṛ́taṃ yugéyuge havyavā́haṃ dadʰire pāyúmī́ḍyam |
devā́saśca mártāsaśca jā́gṛviṃ vibʰúṃ viśpátiṃ námasā ní ṣedire || 8||











vibʰū́ṣannagna ubʰáyām̐ ánu vratā́ dūtó devā́nāṃ rájasī sámīyase |
yátte dʰītíṃ sumatímāvṛṇīmáhé'dʰa smā nastrivárūtʰaḥ śivó bʰava || 9||











táṃ suprátīkaṃ sudṛ́śaṃ sváñcamávidvāṃso vidúṣṭaraṃ sapema |
sá yakṣadvíśvā vayúnāni vidvā́nprá havyámagníramṛ́teṣu vocat || 10||











támagne pāsyutá táṃ piparṣi yásta ā́naṭ kaváye śūra dʰītím |
yajñásya vā níśitiṃ vóditiṃ vā támítpṛṇakṣi śávasotá rāyā́ || 11||











tvámagne vanuṣyató ní pāhi tvámu naḥ sahasāvannavadyā́t |
sáṃ tvā dʰvasmanvádabʰyètu pā́tʰaḥ sáṃ rayí spṛhayā́yyaḥ sahasrī́ || 12||











agnírhótā gṛhápatiḥ sá rā́jā víśvā veda jánimā jātávedāḥ |
devā́nāmutá yó mártyānāṃ yájiṣṭʰaḥ sá prá yajatāmṛtā́vā || 13||











ágne yádadyá viśó adʰvarasya hotaḥ pā́vakaśoce véṣṭváṃ hí yájvā |
ṛtā́ yajāsi mahinā́ ví yádbʰū́rhavyā́ vaha yaviṣṭʰa yā́ te adyá || 14||











abʰí práyāṃsi súdʰitāni hí kʰyó ní tvā dadʰīta ródasī yájadʰyai |
ávā no magʰavanvā́jasātāvágne víśvāni duritā́ tarema tā́ tarema távā́vasā tarema || 15||











ágne víśvebʰiḥ svanīka devaírū́rṇāvantaṃ pratʰamáḥ sīda yónim |
kulāyínaṃ gʰṛtávantaṃ savitré yajñáṃ naya yájamānāya sādʰú || 16||











imámu tyámatʰarvavádagníṃ mantʰanti vedʰásaḥ |
yámaṅkūyántamā́nayannámūraṃ śyāvyā̀bʰyaḥ || 17||











jániṣvā devávītaye sarvátātā svastáye |
ā́ devā́nvakṣyamṛ́tām̐ ṛtāvṛ́dʰo yajñáṃ devéṣu pispṛśaḥ || 18||











vayámu tvā gṛhapate janānāmágne ákarma samídʰā bṛhántam |
astʰūrí no gā́rhapatyāni santu tigména nastéjasā sáṃ śiśādʰi || 19||












Sūkta 6.16 

tvámagne yajñā́nāṃ hótā víśveṣāṃ hitáḥ |
devébʰirmā́nuṣe jáne || 1||











sá no mandrā́bʰiradʰvaré jihvā́bʰiryajā maháḥ |
ā́ devā́nvakṣi yákṣi ca || 2||











véttʰā hí vedʰo ádʰvanaḥ patʰáśca devā́ñjasā |
ágne yajñéṣu sukrato || 3||











tvā́mīḷe ádʰa dvitā́ bʰarató vājíbʰiḥ śunám |
ījé yajñéṣu yajñíyam || 4||











tvámimā́ vā́ryā purú dívodāsāya sunvaté |
bʰarádvājāya dāśúṣe || 5||











tváṃ dūtó ámartya ā́ vahā daívyaṃ jánam |
śṛṇvánvíprasya suṣṭutím || 6||











tvā́magne svādʰyò mártāso devávītaye |
yajñéṣu devámīḷate || 7||











táva prá yakṣi saṃdṛ́śamutá krátuṃ sudā́navaḥ |
víśve juṣanta kāmínaḥ || 8||











tváṃ hótā mánurhito váhnirāsā́ vidúṣṭaraḥ |
ágne yákṣi divó víśaḥ || 9||











ágna ā́ yāhi vītáye gṛṇānó havyádātaye |
ní hótā satsi barhíṣi || 10||











táṃ tvā samídbʰiraṅgiro gʰṛténa vardʰayāmasi |
bṛhácʰocā yaviṣṭʰya || 11||











sá naḥ pṛtʰú śravā́yyamácʰā deva vivāsasi |
bṛhádagne suvī́ryam || 12||











tvā́magne púṣkarādádʰyátʰarvā níramantʰata |
mūrdʰnó víśvasya vāgʰátaḥ || 13||











támu tvā dadʰyáṅṅṛ́ṣiḥ putrá īdʰe átʰarvaṇaḥ |
vṛtraháṇaṃ puraṃdarám || 14||











támu tvā pātʰyó vṛ́ṣā sámīdʰe dasyuhántamam |
dʰanaṃjayáṃ ráṇeraṇe || 15||











éhyū ṣú brávāṇi té'gna ittʰétarā gíraḥ |
ebʰírvardʰāsa índubʰiḥ || 16||











yátra kvà ca te máno dákṣaṃ dadʰasa úttaram |
tátrā sádaḥ kṛṇavase || 17||











nahí te pūrtámakṣipádbʰúvannemānāṃ vaso |
átʰā dúvo vanavase || 18||











ā́gníragāmi bʰā́rato vṛtrahā́ purucétanaḥ |
dívodāsasya sátpatiḥ || 19||











sá hí víśvā́ti pā́rtʰivā rayíṃ dā́śanmahitvanā́ |
vanvánnávāto ástṛtaḥ || 20||











sá pratnavánnávīyasā́gne dyumnéna saṃyátā |
bṛháttatantʰa bʰānúnā || 21||











prá vaḥ sakʰāyo agnáye stómaṃ yajñáṃ ca dʰṛṣṇuyā́ |
árca gā́ya ca vedʰáse || 22||











sá hí yó mā́nuṣā yugā́ sī́daddʰótā kavíkratuḥ |
dūtáśca havyavā́hanaḥ || 23||











tā́ rā́jānā śúcivratādityā́nmā́rutaṃ gaṇám |
váso yákṣīhá ródasī || 24||











vásvī te agne sáṃdṛṣṭiriṣayaté mártyāya |
ū́rjo napādamṛ́tasya || 25||











krátvā dā́ astu śréṣṭʰo'dyá tvā vanvánsurékṇāḥ |
márta ānāśa suvṛktím || 26||











té te agne tvótā iṣáyanto víśvamā́yuḥ |
táranto aryó árātīrvanvánto aryó árātīḥ || 27||











agnístigména śocíṣā yā́sadvíśvaṃ nyàtríṇam |
agnírno vanate rayím || 28||











suvī́raṃ rayímā́ bʰara jā́tavedo vícarṣaṇe |
jahí rákṣāṃsi sukrato || 29||











tváṃ naḥ pāhyáṃhaso jā́tavedo agʰāyatáḥ |
rákṣā ṇo brahmaṇaskave || 30||











yó no agne duréva ā́ márto vadʰā́ya dā́śati |
tásmānnaḥ pāhyáṃhasaḥ || 31||











tváṃ táṃ deva jihváyā pári bādʰasva duṣkṛ́tam |
márto yó no jígʰāṃsati || 32||











bʰarádvājāya saprátʰaḥ śárma yacʰa sahantya |
ágne váreṇyaṃ vásu || 33||











agnírvṛtrā́ṇi jaṅgʰanaddraviṇasyúrvipanyáyā |
sámiddʰaḥ śukrá ā́hutaḥ || 34||











gárbʰe mātúḥ pitúṣpitā́ vididyutānó akṣáre |
sī́dannṛtásya yónimā́ || 35||











bráhma prajā́vadā́ bʰara jā́tavedo vícarṣaṇe |
ágne yáddīdáyaddiví || 36||











úpa tvā raṇvásaṃdṛśaṃ práyasvantaḥ sahaskṛta |
ágne sasṛjmáhe gíraḥ || 37||











úpa cʰāyā́miva gʰṛ́ṇeráganma śárma te vayám |
ágne híraṇyasaṃdṛśaḥ || 38||











yá ugrá iva śaryahā́ tigmáśṛṅgo ná váṃsagaḥ |
ágne púro rurójitʰa || 39||











ā́ yáṃ háste ná kʰādínaṃ śíśuṃ jātáṃ ná bíbʰrati |
viśā́magníṃ svadʰvarám || 40||











prá deváṃ devávītaye bʰáratā vasuvíttamam |
ā́ své yónau ní ṣīdatu || 41||











ā́ jātáṃ jātávedasi priyáṃ śiśītā́titʰim |
syoná ā́ gṛhápatim || 42||











ágne yukṣvā́ hí yé távā́śvāso deva sādʰávaḥ |
áraṃ váhanti manyáve || 43||











ácʰā no yāhyā́ vahābʰí práyāṃsi vītáye |
ā́ devā́nsómapītaye || 44||











údagne bʰārata dyumádájasreṇa dávidyutat |
śócā ví bʰāhyajara || 45||











vītī́ yó deváṃ márto duvasyédagnímīḷītādʰvaré havíṣmān |
hótāraṃ satyayájaṃ ródasyoruttānáhasto námasā́ vivāset || 46||











ā́ te agna ṛcā́ havírhṛdā́ taṣṭáṃ bʰarāmasi |
té te bʰavantūkṣáṇa ṛṣabʰā́so vaśā́ utá || 47||











agníṃ devā́so agriyámindʰáte vṛtrahántamam |
yénā vásūnyā́bʰṛtā tṛḷhā́ rákṣāṃsi vājínā || 48||












Sūkta 6.17 

píbā sómamabʰí yámugra tárda ūrváṃ gávyaṃ máhi gṛṇāná indra |
ví yó dʰṛṣṇo vádʰiṣo vajrahasta víśvā vṛtrámamitríyā śávobʰiḥ || 1||



1.  pibavp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa abʰip yasr3msa ugrajmsv tardasvp·AE2s«√tṛd  
    ūrvajnsa gavyajnsa mahijnsa gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ indraNmsn |
    vip yasr3msn dʰṛṣṇujmsv vadʰiṣasvp·Ue2s«√vadʰ (vajranms-hastanms)jmsv  
    viśvajnpa vṛtrannsa amitriyajnpa śavasnnpi 



1.  Drink Soma, O ferocious one, for the sake of which thou, extolled Indra,
    shall cleave extensive, wide, related to cows [space],
    so that such, O daring one, thou would utterly destroy, O thunderbolt-in-hand one,
    with powers to change Vṛtra [and] all unfriendly [forms].



sá īṃ pāhi yá ṛjīṣī́ tárutro yáḥ śípravānvṛṣabʰó yó matīnā́m |
yó gotrabʰídvajrabʰṛ́dyó hariṣṭʰā́ḥ sá indra citrā́m̐ abʰí tṛndʰi vā́jān || 2||



2.  sasr3msn īmc pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā yasr3msn ṛjīṣinjmsn tarutrajmsn  
    yasr3msn śipravantjmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn yasr3msn matinfpg |
    yasr3msn (gonfs-trajns-bʰidjms)jmsn (vajranms-bʰṛtjms)jmsn yasr3msn (harijms-stʰājms)jmsn  
    sasr3msn indraNmsv citrajmpa abʰip tṛndʰivp·Ao2s«√tṛd vājanmpa 



2.  Such thou, having direct impact, carrying across [obstacles], do drink it!
    Who [is] full-cheeked, who [is] appearing as a bull of mental gestures,
    who splits open cowsheds, who, staying with tawny ones¹, carries a thunderbolt ---
    such thou, O Indra, do unleash manifold rushes of vigour!



evā́ pāhi pratnátʰā mándatu tvā śrudʰí bráhma vāvṛdʰásvotá gīrbʰíḥ |
āvíḥ sū́ryaṃ kṛṇuhí pīpihī́ṣo jahí śátrūm̐rabʰí gā́ indra tṛndʰi || 3||



3.  evac pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā pratnatʰāa mandatuvp·Ao3s«√mand tvamr2msa  
    śrudʰivp·Ao2s«√śru brahmannnsa vavṛdʰasvava·Ao2s«√vṛdʰ utac girnfpi |
    āvisa sūryanmsa kṛṇuhivp·Ao2s«√kṛ pīpihivp·Ao2s«√pī iṣnfpa  
    jahivp·Ao2s«√han śatrunmpa abʰip gonfpa indraNmsv tṛndʰivp·Ao2s«√tṛd 



3.  Just drink as usual, let [it] exhilarate thee!
    Hear the formula, and strengthen thyself through songs!
    Make the sun² manifest, swell libations,
    slay enemies, O Indra, unleash evocative expressions³.
------



té tvā mádā bṛhádindra svadʰāva imé pītā́ ukṣayanta dyumántam |
mahā́mánūnaṃ tavásaṃ víbʰūtiṃ matsarā́so jarhṛṣanta prasā́ham || 4||



4.  tasr3mpn tvamr2msa madanmpn bṛhata indraNmsv svadʰāvatjmsv  
    ayamr3mpn pītajmpn ukṣayantavpCA·3p«√vakṣ dyumantjmsa |
    mahāntjmsa anūnajmsa tavasnmsa vibʰūtijmsa  
    (madnfs-saranms)jmpn jarhṛṣantavpIA·3p«√hṛṣ prasāhajmsa 



4.  Those, the raptures [of Soma libations] [manifested] thee, O Indra, extensively, O spontaneous one!
    These, when drunk, make the bright [thunderbolt⁴] grow.
    Exhilarating [drops of Soma⁵] excite again and again
    the entire great pervading overpowering strength,



yébʰiḥ sū́ryamuṣásaṃ mandasānó'vāsayó'pa dṛḷhā́ni dárdrat |
mahā́mádriṃ pári gā́ indra sántaṃ nuttʰā́ ácyutaṃ sádasaspári svā́t || 5||



5.  yasr3mpi sūryanmsa uṣasnfsa mandasānajmsn  
    avāsayasvpCAa2s«√vas apap dṛḷhannpa dardranttpIAmsn«√dṝ |
    manāntjmsa adrinmsa parip gonfpa indraNmsv santtp·Amsa«√as  
    nuttʰāsvp·UE2s«√nud acyutajnsa sadasnnsb parip svajnsb 



5.  [the drops] with which thou, exalting, tearing open
    the strongholds, made the sun and the dawn shine.
    The great stone [that is] around the cows, thou, O Indra,
    should have removed --- the unshakable [stone] from its seat.



táva krátvā táva táddaṃsánābʰirāmā́su pakváṃ śácyā ní dīdʰaḥ |
aúrṇordúra usríyābʰyo ví dṛḷhódūrvā́dgā́ asṛjo áṅgirasvān || 6||



6.  tvamr2msg kratunmsi tvamr2msg tadr3nsa daṃsanajnpi  
    āmājfpl pakvajnsa śacīnfsi nip dīdʰarvp·U·2s«√dʰṛ |
    aurṇosvp·AE2s«√ūrṇu durnfpa usriyājfpd vip dṛḷhannpa udp  
    ūrvajnsb gonfpa asṛjasvp·Aa2s«√sṛj aṅgirasvantjmsn 



6.  With thy resourcefulness, with thy wondrous [powers], with [thy] enabling power,
    thou should have placed ripe [for poetry] [vital spirit⁶] midst crude [evocative expressions⁷].
    Thou shall uncover doors, strongholds for appearing at dawn [inner waters].
    Thou, accompanied by aṅgiras-es, poured out from the wide [space] evocative expressions⁸.



paprā́tʰa kṣā́ṃ máhi dáṃso vyùrvī́múpa dyā́mṛṣvó bṛhádindra stabʰāyaḥ |
ádʰārayo ródasī deváputre pratné mātárā yahvī́ ṛtásya || 7||



7.  paprātʰavp·I·2s«√prā kṣānfsa mahijnsn daṃsasnnsn vip urvījfsa  
    upap dyunmsa ṛṣvajmsn bṛhata indraNmsv stabʰāyasvpCAE2s«√stambʰ |
    adʰāryasvpCAa2s«√dʰṛ rodasnnda (devanms-putranms)jnda  
    pratnajfda mātṛnfda yahvījfda ṛtannsg 



7.  Thou have filled up the wide Earth --- a great marvelous deed ---
    and thou, helping in dire straights, shall firmly, O Indra, prop up the Heaven.
    Thou made the two Rodas-es, having deva-s as children, to maintain
    the two primordial restless mothers⁹ of ṛta.
------



ádʰa tvā víśve purá indra devā́ ékaṃ tavásaṃ dadʰire bʰárāya |
ádevo yádabʰyaúhiṣṭa devā́nsvàrṣātā vṛṇata índramátra || 8||



8.  adʰac tvamr2msa viśvajmpn purasa indraNmsv devanmpn  
    ekajmsa tavasjmsa dadʰireva·I·3p«√dʰā bʰaranmsd |
    adevanmsn yadc abʰip auhiṣṭava·U·3s«√ūh devanmpa  
    (svarnns-sātinfs)jfsl vṛṇateva·A·3p«√vṛ indraNmsa ar3nsl 



8.  Then all deva-s set thee in front ---
    alone [but] strong, O Indra, to contest [the supremacy].
    (When he, who is without a deva, has deliberated upon deva-s,
    [then] they [would] choose in this case, in gaining sva`r, Indra.)



ádʰa dyaúścitte ápa sā́ nú vájrāddvitā́namadbʰiyásā svásya manyóḥ |
áhiṃ yádíndro abʰyóhasānaṃ ní cidviśvā́yuḥ śayátʰe jagʰā́na || 9||



9.  adʰac dyunmsn cidc tvamr2msd apapr3fsn nuc vajranmsb  
    dvitāa anamatvp·Aa3s«√nam bʰiyasnmsi svajmsg manyunmsg |
    ahinmsa yadc indraNmsn abʰip (ohasnns-sānajms)jnsa  
    nip cidc (viśvajns-āyusnns)nnsa śayatʰanmsl jagʰānavp·U·3s«√han 



9.  Then for thee even the Heaven --- just as she¹⁰ [did] --- 
    gave way to the thunderbolt out of fear of thy own rage.
    When Indra for the sake of bestowing-means-[to-act] all-pervading vital power
    had hurled the snake into [its] lair,



ádʰa tváṣṭā te mahá ugra vájraṃ sahásrabʰṛṣṭiṃ vavṛtacʰatā́śrim |
níkāmamarámaṇasaṃ yéna návantamáhiṃ sáṃ piṇagṛjīṣin || 10||



10. adʰac tvaṣṭṛNmsn tvamr2msd mahasa ugrajmsv vajranmsa  
     (sahasrau-bʰṛṣṭinfs)jmsa vavṛtatvp·Ae3s«√vṛt (śatau-aśrinfs)jmsa |
     nikāmajmsa aramanasjmsa yasr3msi  
     navanttp·Amsa«√nu ahinmsa samp sampiṇakvp·AE2s«√piṣ ṛjīṣinjmsv 



10. then for thee¹¹, O ferocious one, Tvaṣṭṛ swiftly manifests 
    having thousand spikes, having hundred edges
    dispassionate, having suitable-[to circumstances]-intuition thunderbolt
    with which thou, O having direct impact one, shall crush finding-its-way snake.



várdʰānyáṃ víśve marútaḥ sajóṣāḥ pácacʰatáṃ mahiṣā́m̐ indra túbʰyam |
pūṣā́ víṣṇustrī́ṇi sárāṃsi dʰāvanvṛtraháṇaṃ madirámaṃśúmasmai || 11||



11. vardʰānvp·Ae3p«√vṛdʰ yasr3msa viśvajmpn marutnmpn sajoṣajmpn  
     apacatvp·AE3s«√pac śatau mahiṣanmpa indraNmsv tvamr2msd |
     pūṣanNmsn viṣṇuNmsn triu sarasnnpn dʰāvanvp·AE3p«√dʰāv  
     (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsa madirajmsa aṃśunmsa ayamr3msd 



11. Whom all acting in harmony with each other Marut-s shall strengthen,
    he would roast hundred buffaloes for thee, O Indra!
    (Pūṣan [and] Viṣṇu, the three channels, shall cleanse
    slaying Vṛtra, brewing exhilaration stalk for that one.)



ā́ kṣódo máhi vṛtáṃ nadī́nāṃ páriṣṭʰitamasṛja ūrmímapā́m |
tā́sāmánu praváta indra pántʰāṃ prā́rdayo nī́cīrapásaḥ samudrám || 12||



12. āp kṣodasnnsa mahijnsa vṛtajnsa nadīnfpg  
     pariṣṭʰitajmsa asṛjasvp·Aa2s«√sṛj ūrminmsa apnfpg |
     tār2fpg anup pravatnfpa indraNmsv patʰinnmpg  
     prap ārdayasvpCAa2s«√ard nīcijfpa apasjfpa samudranmsa 



12. Thou released held-back mighty swell of flowing waters,
    surrounded [by the snake]¹² wave of [inner] waters.
    Along grooves of their pathways, thou, O Indra,
    made [them], directed downwards, fluid, [made them] move towards the sea.
------



evā́ tā́ víśvā cakṛvā́ṃsamíndraṃ mahā́mugrámajuryáṃ sahodā́m |
suvī́raṃ tvā svāyudʰáṃ suvájramā́ bráhma návyamávase vavṛtyāt || 13||



13. evac tadr3npa viśvajnpa cakṛvaṅstp·Imsa«√kṛ indraNmsa  
     mahāntjmsa ugranmsa ajuryajmsa (sahasnns-dājms)jmsa |
     suvīrajmsa tvamr2msa svāyudʰajmsa suvajrajmsa  
     āp brahmannnsn navyajnsn avasnnsd vavṛtātvp·Ae3s«√vṛt 



13. Indeed [thee], Indra, who has performed all these [deeds] in just this way, 
    mighty, ferocious, who is not subject to old age, [who is] giving overwhelming strength ---
    thee, very manly, well-armed, having good thunderbolt ---
    the new formulation shall turn here to help [us].



sá no vā́jāya śrávasa iṣé ca rāyé dʰehi dyumáta indra víprān |
bʰarádvāje nṛváta indra sūrī́ndiví ca smaidʰi pā́rye na indra || 14||



14. sasr3msn vayamr1mpa vājanmsd śravasnnsd iṣnfsd cac  
     rainmsd dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā dyumantjmpa indraNmsv viprājmpa |
     bʰaradvājanmsl nṛvatjmpa indraNmsv sūrinmpa  
     dyunmsl cac smac edʰivp·Ao2s«√as pāryanmsl vayamr1mpg indraNmsv 



14. Such thou, set up us, brilliant poets, for a rush of vigour,
    for fame, and for a libation, for a gift!
    Put consisting-of-men institutors of the sacrifice into [the state of] bearing a rush of vigour, O Indra,
    and during [any] decisive day be always ours, O Indra!



ayā́ vā́jaṃ deváhitaṃ sanema mádema śatáhimāḥ suvī́rāḥ || 15||



15. ar3nsi vājanmsa (devanms-hitajms)jmsa sanemavp·Ai1p«√san  
     mademavp·Ai1p«√mad (śatau-himānfs)nfpa suvīrajmpn 



15. May we obtain set-up-in-this-way-by-the-deva rush of vigour!
    May we, very manly, rejoice for hundred winters!


1 prob. Soma drops
2 maṇipūra cakra
3 lit. ``cows''
4 on the basis of 5.31.4b
5 on the basis of 9.107.25
6 payas
7 goṣu lit. ``cows''
8 goṣu lit. ``cows''
9 prob. iḷā and piṅgala
10 the Earth
11 an adept of Indra
12 on the basis of 2.11.2b


Sūkta 6.18 

támu ṣṭuhi yó abʰíbʰūtyojā vanvánnávātaḥ puruhūtá índraḥ |
áṣāḷhamugráṃ sáhamānamābʰírgīrbʰírvardʰa vṛṣabʰáṃ carṣaṇīnā́m || 1||



1.  tasr3msa uc stuhivp·Ao2s«√stu yasr3msn (abʰibʰūtijns-ojasnns)jmsn  
    vanvanttp·Amsn«√van avātajmsn (purua-hūtajms)jmsn indraNmsn |
    aṣāḷhajmsa ugrajmsa sahamānata·Amsn«√sah ayamr3fpi  
    girnfpi vardʰavp·Ao2s«√vṛdʰ (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa carṣaṇinfpg 



1.  Extol him who has overwhelming vigour ---
    placing within [his] reach, [yet] not being placed within [opponent's] reach,
    [Extol] with these chants the invincible, ferocious, prevailing one,
    strengthen [him who] resembles a bull of those that draw to themselves¹.



sá yudʰmáḥ sátvā kʰajakṛ́tsamádvā tuvimrakṣó nadanumā́m̐ ṛjīṣī́ |
bṛhádreṇuścyávano mā́nuṣīṇāmékaḥ kṛṣṭīnā́mabʰavatsahā́vā || 2||



2.  sasr3msn yudʰmanmsn satvannmsn (kʰajanms-kṛtjms)jmsn samadvanjmsn  
    (tuvia-mrakṣajms)jmsn nadanumantjmsn ṛjīṣinjmsn |
    (bṛhata-reṇunms)jmsn cyavanajmsn mānuṣījfpg  
    ekajmsn kṛṣṭinfpg abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū sahavanjmsn 



2.  He, a warrior, a fighter, causing the tumult [of battle],
    combative, grinding many [enemies] down, thundering, having direct impact,
    [raising]² dust high, stirrer of favorable to men [waters] ---
    only he became conqueror of tribes.
------



tváṃ ha nú tyádadamāyo dásyūm̐rékaḥ kṛṣṭī́ravanorā́ryāya |
ásti svinnú vīryàṃ tatta indra ná svidasti tádṛtutʰā́ ví vocaḥ || 3||



3.  tvamr2msn hac nuc tyadr3nsa adamayasvpCA·2s«√dam (dasnfs-yujms)nmpa  
    ekajmsn kṛṣṭinfpa avanosvp·Aa2s«√van āryajmsd |
    astivp·A·3s«√as svidc nuc vīryannsn tadr3nsn tvamr2msg indraNmsv  
    nac svidc astivp·A·3s«√as tadr3nsa ṛtutʰāa vip vocasvp·AE2s«√vac 



3.  Of course, it was just thou [who] subdued impulses to suffer want,
    for a conducting upwards one³ thou alone have placed the tribes within [his] reach⁴.
    Whether there is that aspect of valor of thee, O Indra,
    or not --- thou shall declare that at a proper time.



sádíddʰí te tuvijātásya mánye sáhaḥ sahiṣṭʰa turatásturásya |
ugrámugrásya tavásastávīyó'radʰrasya radʰratúro babʰūva || 4||



4.  satjnsn idc hic tvamr2msg (tuvia-jātajms)jmsg manyevp·A·1s«√man  
    sahasnnsn sahiṣṭʰajmsv turatasa turajmsg |
    ugrannsn ugrajmsg tavasnmsb tavīyasnnsn  
    aradʰrajmsg (radʰranms-turajms)jmsn babʰūvavp·I·3s«√bʰū 



4.  Since I think that the only real overwhelming strength of thee, of manifested-often one,
    O most prevailing one, [is] from quick [action] of pressing forward,
    [that] the wrath of ferocious [disposition] [is] stronger than [mere] strength,
    thou became what is overpowering tameness of rebellious [me].



tánnaḥ pratnáṃ sakʰyámastu yuṣmé ittʰā́ vádadbʰirvalámáṅgirobʰiḥ |
hánnacyutacyuddasmeṣáyantamṛṇóḥ púro ví dúro asya víśvāḥ || 5||



5.  tadr3nsn vayamr1mpg pratnajnsn sakʰyannsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as tvamr2mpl  
    ittʰāc vadanttp·Ampi«√vad valanmsa aṅgirasnmpi |
    hanvp·UE2s«√han (acyutajns-cyutjms)jmsv dasmajmsv iṣayanttp·Amsa«√iṣay  
    ṛṇosvp·AE2s«√ṛ purnfpa vip durnfpa ayamr3msg viśvājfpa 



5.  ``May this our primordial like-mindedness be in you!'',
    with thus speaking aṅgiras-es⁵ thou shall strike,
    O causing to fall what is unshakable, O accomplishing wonderful deeds one,
    [strike] animating [thee] Vala, thou shall encounter⁶ all of its strongholds [and] doors.
------



sá hí dʰībʰírhávyo ástyugrá īśānakṛ́nmahatí vṛtratū́rye |
sá tokásātā tánaye sá vajrī́ vitantasā́yyo abʰavatsamátsu || 6||



6.  sasr3msn hic dʰīnfpi havyajmsn astivp·A·3s«√as ugrajmsn  
    (īśānanms-kṛtjms)jmsn mahatjmsl (vṛtranns-tūryajms)nmsl |
    sasr3msn (tokanns-sātinfs)nfsl tanayajnsl sasr3msn vajrinjmsn  
    vitantasāyyajmsn abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū samadnfpl 



6.  Since he, ferocious, is to be called upon by means of visions,
    [he,] rendering one competent during violent hastening past obstacles⁷,
    he, bearing thunderbolt, became worth to be tussled over in clashes,
    [and] during propagating-a-family gaining of offsprings.



sá majmánā jánima mā́nuṣāṇāmámartyena nā́mnā́ti prá sarsre |
sá dyumnéna sá śávasotá rāyā́ sá vīryèṇa nṛ́tamaḥ sámokāḥ || 7||



7.  sasr3msn majmannnsi janimannnsa mānuṣajmpg  
    amartyajnsi nāmannnsi atip prap sarsreva·I·3s«√sṛ |
    sasr3msn dyumnannsi sasr3msn śavasnnsi utac rainmsi  
    sasr3msn vīryannsi nṛtamajmsn samokasjmsn 



7.  By means of the immortal nature 
    he has majestically advanced beyond the human kind.
    He, most manly, [is] dwelling together with the power to illuminate,
    with the power to change, and with [that] treasure --- with the valor.



sá yó ná muhé ná mítʰū jáno bʰū́tsumántunāmā cúmuriṃ dʰúniṃ ca |
vṛṇákpípruṃ śámbaraṃ śúṣṇamíndraḥ purā́ṃ cyautnā́ya śayátʰāya nū́ cit || 8||



8.  sasr3msn yasr3msn nac muhev···D··«√muh nac mitʰua jananmsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    (sumantujms-nāmannns)jmsn cumuriNmsa dʰuniNmsa cac |
    vṛṇakvp·AE3s«√vṛj pipruNmsa śambaraNmsa śuṣṇaNmsa indraNmsn  
    purnfpg cyautnannsd śayatʰanmsd nuc cidc 



8.  He, who will not be manifested neither as a person in confusion nor as one holding two different [opinions],
    whose manner [of thinking] is a result of a forthwith contemplation he, Indra, shall pluck
    Cumuri and Dʰuni⁸, Pipru, Śambara, Śuṣṇa ---
    to shake strongholds, [for them] to [have] a lair never more.
------



udā́vatā tvákṣasā pányasā ca vṛtrahátyāya rátʰamindra tiṣṭʰa |
dʰiṣvá vájraṃ hásta ā́ dakṣiṇatrā́bʰí prá manda purudatra māyā́ḥ || 9||



9.  udāvatjnsi tvakṣasnnsi panyasjnsi cac  
    (vṛtranns-hatyanns)nnsd ratʰanmsa indraNmsv tiṣṭʰavp·Ao2s«√stʰā |
    dʰiṣvava·Ao2s«√dʰā vajranmsa hastanmsl āp dakṣiṇatrāa  
    abʰip prap mandavp·Ao2s«√mand (purua-datranns)jmsv māyānfpa 



9.  O Indra, to slay Vṛtra do stay on the chariot
    together with wonderful uplifting craftiness.
    Put the thunderbolt into the hand on the right side
    be sporting against the powers to frame cognition, O having many gifts one!



agnírná śúṣkaṃ vánamindra hetī́ rákṣo ní dʰakṣyaśánirná bʰīmā́ |
gambʰīráya ṛṣváyā yó rurójā́dʰvānayadduritā́ dambʰáyacca || 10||



10. agninmsn nac śuṣkajnsa vanannsa indraNmsv hetinfsi  
     rakṣasnnsa nip dʰakṣivp·Ao2s«√dah aśaninfsn nac bʰīmājfsi |
     gambʰīrājfsi ṛṣvājfsi yasr3msn rurojavp·I·3s«√ruj adʰvānayatvpCAa3s«√dʰvan duritannpa dambʰayatvpCAE3s«√dabʰ cac 



10. Like fire [burns] dry thicket, O Indra, burn down defensiveness
    with a missile frightening like a flash of lightning,
    [thou] who with deep, helping in dire straights [thunderbolt] has shattered obstructions,
    wrapped [them] up and shall cause one to abandon [them].



ā́ sahásraṃ patʰíbʰirindra rāyā́ túvidyumna tuvivā́jebʰirarvā́k |
yāhí sūno sahaso yásya nū́ cidádeva ī́śe puruhūta yótoḥ || 11||



11. āp sahasrau patʰinnmpi indraNmsv rainmsi  
     (tuvia-dyumnanns)jmsv (tuvia-vājanms)jmpi arvāka |
     yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā sūnunmsv sahasnnsg yasr3msg nuc cidc  
     adevajmsn īśeva·A·3s«√īś (purua-hūtajms)jmsv yotosv···D··«√yu 



11. Journey hither with the reward, O Indra, through thousand
    affording abundant rushes of vigour pathways, O having abundant power to illuminate one,
    O inciter of overwhelming strength, whose [thunderbolt] he, who is without deva-s,
    will never be able, O much invoked one, to ward off.
------



prá tuvidyumnásya stʰávirasya gʰṛ́ṣverdivó rarapśe mahimā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
nā́sya śátrurná pratimā́namasti ná pratiṣṭʰíḥ purumāyásya sáhyoḥ || 12||



12. prap (tuvia-dyumnanns)jmsg stʰavirajmsg gʰṛṣvijmsg  
     dyunmsb rarapśeva·I·3s«√rapś mahimannmsn pṛtʰivīnfsb |
     nac ayamr3msg śatrunmsn nac pratimānannsn astivp·A·3s«√as  
     nac pratiṣṭʰinfsn (purua-māyānfs)jmsn (sahnfs-yujms)jmsg 



12. The power to increase-in-size of him who has abundant power to illuminate,
    [who is] enduring, thrill-inducing, reached beyond the Heaven [and] the Earth.
    There is no rival, no well-matched opponent for him,
    [there is] no resistance to him, who knows many tricks, [who is] seeking to prevail.
------



prá tátte adyā́ káraṇaṃ kṛtáṃ bʰūtkútsaṃ yádāyúmatitʰigvámasmai |
purū́ sahásrā ní śiśā abʰí kṣā́múttū́rvayāṇaṃ dʰṛṣatā́ ninetʰa || 13||



13. prap tadr3nsn tvamr2msg adyaa karaṇannsn kṛtajnsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
     kutsaNmsa yadr3nsa āyujmsa atitʰigvaNmsa ayamr3msd |
     purua sahasrau nip śiśāsvp·UE2s«√śo abʰip kṣānfsa  
     udc tūrvayāṇaNmsa dʰṛṣatāa ninetʰavp·I·2s«√nī 



13. Today that thy deed shall be performed
    that for this one thou did grind to the ground
    agitated Kutsa Atitʰigva, [and] many thousands [obstacles].
    Thou have courageously lead Tūrvayāṇa up.



ánu tvā́higʰne ádʰa deva devā́ mádanvíśve kavítamaṃ kavīnā́m |
káro yátra várivo bādʰitā́ya divé jánāya tanvè gṛṇānáḥ || 14||



14. anup tvamr2msa (ahinms-hanjms)nnsd adʰac devanmsv devanmpn  
     madanvp·AE3p«√mad viśvajmpn kavitamajmsa kavinmpg |
     karasvp·AE2s«√kṛ yatrac varivasnnsa bādʰitajmsd  
     dyunmsd jananmsd tanūnfsd gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ 



14. Then all deva-s shall cheer⁹ thee, O deva,
    to slay the snake, [thee,] most gifted with insight among poets,
    at which point thou, extolled, shall create [mental] space for a hard-pressed Heaven,
    [and] for a person, for this body --- [a physical space].



ánu dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ tátta ójó'martyā jihata indra devā́ḥ |
kṛṣvā́ kṛtno ákṛtaṃ yátte ástyuktʰáṃ návīyo janayasva yajñaíḥ || 15||



15. anup (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfda tadr3nsa tvamr2msg ojasnnsa amartyajmpn jihateva·A·3p«√hā indraNmsv devanmpn |
     kṛṣvava·Ao2s«√kṛ kṛtnujmsv akṛtajnsn yadr3nsn tvamr2msd astivp·A·3s«√as  
     uktʰannsa navīyasjnsa janayasvavaCAo2s«√jan yajñanmpi 



15. Following the Heaven and the Earth, immortal deva-s
    betake themselves to this thy frenzy, O Indra!
    Do, O the effective one, what is there [yet] not-done for thee!
    Cause new verse along with fire offerings to be created!


1 the senses
2 on the basis of 4.42.5d
3 lit. ārya
4 that is, to be controlled by him
5 big muscles, of which ``like-mindedness'' means ``acting in harmony with each other''
6 distend (?)
7 lit. vṛtra-s
8 lit. ``boisterous one''
9 following p.798 J&B2014


Sūkta 6.19 

mahā́m̐ índro nṛvádā́ carṣaṇiprā́ utá dvibárhā amináḥ sáhobʰiḥ |
asmadryàgvāvṛdʰe vīryā̀yorúḥ pṛtʰúḥ súkṛtaḥ kartṛ́bʰirbʰūt || 1||



1.  mahatjmsn indraNmsn nṛvata āp (carṣaṇijms-prājfs)jmsn  
    utac (dviu-barhasjms)jmsn aminajmsn sahasnnpi |
    asmadryaka vāvṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ vīryajnsd urujmsn  
    pṛtʰujmsn sukṛtajmsn kartṛnmpi bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū 



1.  Mighty Indra, filling man-like [with what is real]¹ those that draw to themselves²,
    and, twice-swollen, fortifying himself with overwhelming strengths,
    turning [obstacles] away from us, he has become stronger for a deed of valor;
    he shall become with the help of [his] makers well formed, [and] wide spreading.



índramevá dʰiṣáṇā sātáye dʰādbṛhántamṛṣvámajáraṃ yúvānam |
áṣāḷhena śávasā śūśuvā́ṃsaṃ sadyáścidyó vāvṛdʰé ásāmi || 2||



2.  indraNmsa evac (dʰīnfs-sanājms)nfsn sātinfsd dʰātvp·UE3s«√dʰā  
    bṛhatjmsa ṛṣvajmsa ajarajmsa yuvannmsa |
    aṣāḷhajnsi śavasnnsi śūśuvaṅstp·Imsa«√śvi  
    sadyasa cidc yasr3msn vāvṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ asāmia 



2.  An effort to visualize [him] shall set up Indra for being reached,
    [him,] extensive, helping in dire straights, not subject to old age youth,³
    swelled with invincible power to change --- [Indra,]
    who just in an instant has completely elevated himself.



pṛtʰū́ karásnā bahulā́ gábʰastī asmadryàksáṃ mimīhi śrávāṃsi |
yūtʰéva paśváḥ paśupā́ dámūnā asmā́m̐ indrābʰyā́ vavṛtsvājaú || 3||



3.  pṛtʰujmdn karasnanmdn bahulajmdn gabʰastinmdn  
    asmadryaka samp mimīhivp·Ao2s«√mā śravasnnpa |
    yūtʰannpa ivac paśunmsg (paśunms-pājms)jmsn damūnasnmsn  
    vayamr1mpa indraNmsv abʰip āp vavṛtsvava·Ao2s«√vṛt ājinmsl 



3.  Broad forearms, large arms ---
    turning [obstacles] away from us, allot fully auditory impressions!
    Like keeper of herds [circles] herds of cattle, [being] a friend of the house,
    around us, O Indra, circle in a battle.



táṃ va índraṃ catínamasya śākaírihá nūnáṃ vājayánto huvema |
yátʰā citpū́rve jaritā́ra āsúránedyā anavadyā́ áriṣṭāḥ || 4||



4.  sasr3msa tvamr2mpd indraNmsa catinjmsa ayamr3msg śākanmpi  
    ihaa nūnama vājayanttp·Ampn«√vājay huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū |
    yatʰāc cidc pūrvajmpn jaritṛnmpn āsurvp·I·3p«√as  
    anedyajmpn anavadyajmpn ariṣṭajmpn 



4.  Here now we, practising rushes of vigour, call upon him,
    elusive Indra, with [all] his powers on your behalf,
    [we who are] just like former invokers have been ---
    not-to-be-constrained faultless uninjured.



dʰṛtávrato dʰanadā́ḥ sómavṛddʰaḥ sá hí vāmásya vásunaḥ purukṣúḥ |
sáṃ jagmire patʰyā̀ rā́yo asminsamudré ná síndʰavo yā́damānāḥ || 5||



5.  (dʰṛtajns-vratanns)jmsn (dʰananns-dājms)jmsn (somanms-vṛddʰajms)jmsn  
    sasr3msn hic vāmannsg vasunnsg (purua-kṣujms)jmsn |
    samp jagmireva·I·3p«√gam patʰinnmpn rainmsg ayamr3msl  
    samudranmsl nac sindʰunmpn yādamānata·Ampn«√yād 



5.  Since he [is] [whose] realm is maintained, [who is] giving spoils, [who,] strengthened by Soma,
    [is] liberally granting what's lovely [and] beneficial,
    pathways of the treasure have come into contact with each other
    in him --- like rivers are meeting in a sea.



śáviṣṭʰaṃ na ā́ bʰara śūra śáva ójiṣṭʰamójo abʰibʰūta ugrám |
víśvā dyumnā́ vṛ́ṣṇyā mā́nuṣāṇāmasmábʰyaṃ dā harivo mādayádʰyai || 6||



6.  śaviṣṭʰajnsa vayamr1mpa āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ śūranmsv śavasnnsa  
    ojiṣṭʰajnsa ojasnnsa abʰibʰūtijmsv ugrajnsa |
    viśvajnpa dyumnannpa vṛṣṇyannpa mānuṣajmpg  
    vayamr1mpd dāsvp·AE2s«√dā harivantnmsv mādayadʰyaiv·C·D··«√mad 



6.  Bring here for us, O agent of change, most potent⁴ power to change
    [and] the most fierce violent frenzy, O overwhelming one!
    Thou shall give us all powers to illuminate manly powers of humans
    O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one, to make [us] exult.



yáste mádaḥ pṛtanāṣā́ḷámṛdʰra índra táṃ na ā́ bʰara śūśuvā́ṃsam |
yéna tokásya tánayasya sātaú maṃsīmáhi jigīvā́ṃsastvótāḥ || 7||



7.  yasr3msn tvamr2msg madanmsn (pṛtanānfs-sāhjms)jmsn amṛdʰrajmsn  
    indraNmsv tasr3msa vayamr1mpd āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ śūśuvaṅstp·Imsa«√śvi |
    yasr3msi tokannsg tanayajnsg sātinfsl  
    maṃsīmahiva·Ui1p«√man jigīvaṃsjmpn (tvamr2msi-ūtajms)jmpn 



7.  Which thy excitement [is] prevailing in battles, [is] unceasing,
    bring here for us, O Indra, that one swelled ---
    [that one,] with which we, helped-by-thee, might consider ourselves conquerors
    in gaining propagating-family children.



ā́ no bʰara vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ śúṣmamindra dʰanaspṛ́taṃ śūśuvā́ṃsaṃ sudákṣam |
yéna váṃsāma pṛ́tanāsu śátrūntávotíbʰirutá jāmī́m̐rájāmīn || 8||



8.  āp vayamr1mpd bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ vṛṣanjmsa śuṣmanmsa indraNmsv  
    (dʰananns-spṛtjms)jmsa śūśuvaṅstp·Imsa«√śvi sudakṣajmsa |
    yasr3msi vaṃsāmavp·Ue1p«√van pṛtanānfpl śatrunmpa  
    tvamr2msg ūtinfpi utac jāmijmpa ajāmijmpa 



8.  Bring here for us [that] impregnating fervor, O Indra,
    [which is] carrying away prizes, [which is] swelled, [which is] well-discerning,
    with which we would place rivals within [our] reach in battles
    and, with thy favours, [win over both] kin [and] non-kin [alike].



ā́ te śúṣmo vṛṣabʰá etu paścā́dóttarā́dadʰarā́dā́ purástāt |
ā́ viśváto abʰí sámetvarvā́ṅíndra dyumnáṃ svarvaddʰehyasmé || 9||



9.  āp tvamr2msg śuṣmanmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn etuvp·Ao3s«√i paścāta  
    āp uttarāta adʰarāta āp purastāta |
    āp viśvatasa abʰip samp etuvp·Ao3s«√i arvācjmsn  
    indraNmsv dyumnannsa svarvatjnsa dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā vayamr1mpl 



9.  May thy resembling that of a bull fervor spread
    from the back, from above, from below, from the front ---
    coming hitherward from all sides --- rise and come to [us]!
    O Indra, place into us possessing of sva`r power to illuminate!



nṛvátta indra nṛ́tamābʰirūtī́ vaṃsīmáhi vāmáṃ śrómatebʰiḥ |
ī́kṣe hí vásva ubʰáyasya rājandʰā́ rátnaṃ máhi stʰūráṃ bṛhántam || 10||



10. nṛvata tvamr2msg indraNmsv nṛtamājfpi ūtinfpi  
     vaṃsīmahivp·Ai1p«√van vāmajnsa (śrojms-matajms)jmpi |
     īkṣeva·A·2s«√īś hic vasunnsg ubʰayajnsg rājannmsv  
     dʰāsvp·UE2s«√dʰā ratnannsa mahijnsa stʰūrajmsa bṛhatjmsa 



10. With thy most manly favours, with those [companions] considered to be trained,
    in a manly fashion we might place what's lovely within [our] reach.
    Since thou possess riches of both kinds, O chieftain,
    thou shall give [us] a great, substantial gift [and] the mighty [form]⁵.



marútvantaṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ vāvṛdʰānámákavāriṃ divyáṃ śāsámíndram |
viśvāsā́hamávase nū́tanāyográṃ sahodā́mihá táṃ huvema || 11||



11. marutvantjmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa vāvṛdʰānatp·Amsa«√vṛdʰ akavārijmsa divyajmsa śāsanmsa indraNmsa |
     (viśvanns-sahjms)jmsa avasnnsd nūtanajmsd  
     ugrajmsa (sahasnns-dājms)jmsa ihaa sasr3msa huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū 



11. Accompanied by Marut-s, appearing as a bull,
    growing stronger non-selfish celestial commander --- Indra ---
    prevailing over everything --- to help today ---
    ferocious, giving overwhelming strength --- we could call upon such here.⁶



jánaṃ vajrinmáhi cinmányamānamebʰyó nṛ́bʰyo randʰayā yéṣvásmi |
ádʰā hí tvā pṛtʰivyā́ṃ śū́rasātau hávāmahe tánaye góṣvapsú || 12||



12. jananmsa vajrinnmsv mahia cidc manyamānatp·Amsa«√man  
     ayamr3mpd nṛnmpd randʰayavp·Ao2s«√randʰ yasr3mpl asmivp·A·1s«√as |
     adʰac hic tvamr2msa pṛtʰivīnfsl (śūranms-sātinfs)nfsl  
     havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū tanayajnsl gonfpl apnfpl 



12. Make [any] person, even [one] who is thought of highly,
    O thunderbolt-wielder, a subject to these men among whom I am!
    Therefore, we call upon thee during gaining through decisive action
    propagating-family [offsprings], land, cows, waters.



vayáṃ ta ebʰíḥ puruhūta sakʰyaíḥ śátroḥśatrorúttara ítsyāma |
gʰnánto vṛtrā́ṇyubʰáyāni śūra rāyā́ madema bṛhatā́ tvótāḥ || 13||



13. vayamr1mpn tvamr2msg ayamr3npi (purua-hūtajms)jmsv sakʰyannpi  
     (śatrunmsb-śatrunmsb)a uttarajmpn idc syāmavp·Ai1p«√as |
     gʰnanttp·Ampn«√han vṛtrannpa ubʰayajnpa śūranmsv  
     rainmsi mademavp·Ai1p«√mad bṛhatjmsi (tvamr2msi-ūtajms)jmpn 



13. May we with these thy, O much invoked one, partnerships,
    be indeed superior to rival after rival!
    May we, destroying obstacles of both⁷ types, O agent of change,
    helped-by-thee, delight in a vast treasure!


1 on the basis of 3.34.7ab
2 senses
3 this line is the same as 3.32.7b
4 lit. ``having the most power to change''
5 on the basis of 6.19.2b
6 same stanza as 3.47.5
7 those within and those without


Sūkta 6.20 

dyaúrná yá indrābʰí bʰū́māryástastʰaú rayíḥ śávasā pṛtsú jánān |
táṃ naḥ sahásrabʰaramurvarāsā́ṃ daddʰí sūno sahaso vṛtratúram || 1||



1.  dyunmsn nac yasr3msn indraNmsv abʰip bʰūmannnsa arijmsg  
    tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā rayinmsn śavasnnsi pṛtnfpl jananmpa |
    tasr3msa vayamr1mpd (sahasrau-bʰarajms)jmsa (urvarānfs-sājms)jmsa  
    daddʰivp·Ao2s«√dā sūnunmsv sahasnnsg (vṛtranns-turjms)jmsa 



1.  As the sky that, O Indra, [stands] over the earth,
    the treasure of him, who tends upwards by the power to change, stands in battles over men.
    That [treasure¹], supporting thousands, gaining fertile soil, contending with Vṛtra,
    give to us, O inciter of overwhelming strength!



divó ná túbʰyamánvindra satrā́suryàṃ devébʰirdʰāyi víśvam |
áhiṃ yádvṛtrámapó vavrivā́ṃsaṃ hánnṛjīṣinvíṣṇunā sacānáḥ || 2||



2.  dyunmsb nac tvamr2msd anup indraNmsv satrāa  
    asuryannsa devanmpi dʰāyivp·U·3s«√dʰā viśvajmsa |
    ahinmsa yadc vṛtraNmsa apnfpa vavrivaṃstp·I?sa«√vṛ  
    hanvp·UE2s«√han ṛjīṣinjmsv viṣṇuNmsi sacānajmsn 



2.  As if from the sky every cue [to undergo transformation] for thee together with deva-s,
    O Indra, one after another was given,
    when thou, being associated with Viṣṇu, were to slay, O having direct impact one,
    the snake who as an obstacle had hindered waters.



tū́rvannójīyāntavásastávīyānkṛtábrahméndro vṛddʰámahāḥ |
rā́jābʰavanmádʰunaḥ somyásya víśvāsāṃ yátpurā́ṃ dartnúmā́vat || 3||



3.  tūrvattp·Amsn«√turv ojīyaṅsjmsn tavasnmsb tavīyasjmsn  
    (kṛtajns-brahmannns)jmsn indraNmsn (vṛddʰajms-mahasnns)jmsn |
    rājannmsn abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū madʰunnsg somyanmsg  
    viśvājfpg yadr3nsn purnfpg dartnunmsa āvatvp·Aa3s«√av 



3.  Overpowering, fiercest, stronger than [mere] strength,
    Indra, for whom a formula was performed, whose might was augmented,
    became the sovereign of containing Soma honey
    that aided the breaker of all strongholds.



śataírapadranpaṇáya indrā́tra dáśoṇaye kaváye'rkásātau |
vadʰaíḥ śúṣṇasyāśúṣasya māyā́ḥ pitvó nā́rirecītkíṃ caná prá || 4||



4.  śatau apadranvp·Aa3p«√pad paṇinmpn indraNmsv ar3nsl  
    daśoṇijmsd kavinmsd (arkanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
    vadʰanmpi śuṣṇaNmsg aśuṣajmsg māyānfpa  
    pitunmsg nac arirecītvp·I·3s«√ric kir3msa canac prap 



4.  Misers fell by hundreds, O Indra, in that case
    for having ten protections poet during gaining a hymn of illumination.
    With frustrations he supplanted powers to frame [cognition] of unabating Śuṣṇa
    as if [they were those] of food --- nothing [of them] whatsoever [was left] forthwith.



mahó druhó ápa viśvā́yu dʰāyi vájrasya yátpátane pā́di śúṣṇaḥ |
urú ṣá sarátʰaṃ sā́ratʰaye karíndraḥ kútsāya sū́ryasya sātaú || 5||



5.  mahjmsb druhnmsb apap (viśvajns-āyunns)nnsa dʰāyivp·U·3s«√dʰā  
    vajranmsg yadc patanannsl pādivp·UE3s«√pad śuṣṇaNmsn |
    urunnsa sasr3msn saratʰama sāratʰinmsd karvp·Ae3s«√kṛ  
    indraNmsn kutsaNmsd sūryanmsg sātinfsl 



5.  Agitating everything [energy] was moved away from the mighty foe²
    when during alighting of thunderbolt Śuṣṇa should have been made to fall down,
    so that he would create a wide space for charioteer on the same chariot ---
    Indra [would create a wide space] for Kutsa during gaining the sun³.



prá śyenó ná madirámaṃśúmasmai śíro dāsásya námucermatʰāyán |
prā́vannámīṃ sāpyáṃ sasántaṃ pṛṇágrāyā́ sámiṣā́ sáṃ svastí || 6||



6.  prap śyenanmsn nac madirajmsa aṃśunmsa ayamr3msd  
    śirasnnsa dāsanmsg namuciNmsg matʰāyanttp·Amsn«√matʰ |
    prap āvatvp·Aa3s«√av namīNmsa sāpyaNmsa sasanttp·Amsa«√sas  
    apṛṇakvp·Aa3s«√pṛc rainmsi samp iṣnfsi samp svastinfsi 



6.  As hawk [brought] forth brewing-exhilaration stalk for this one, he, whirling around the head of demon Namuci⁴,
    comforted sleeping Namī Sāpya ---
    he mixed the treasure with a libation, with [the sense of] well-being.



ví píproráhimāyasya dṛḷhā́ḥ púro vajriñcʰávasā ná dardaḥ |
súdāmantádrékṇo apramṛṣyámṛjíśvane dātráṃ dāśúṣe dāḥ || 7||



7.  vip pipruNmsg ahimāyajmsg dṛḷhājfpa  
    purnfpa vajrinnmsv śavasnnsi nac adardarvpIAE2s«√dṝ |
    sudāmanjmsv tadr3nsa rekṇasnnsa apramṛṣyajnsa  
    ṛjiśvanNmsd dātrajnsa dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



7.  Thou, O thunderbolt-wielder, shall lacerate as if with the power to change
    massive walls of hypnotizing like a snake Pipru.
    O giving abundantly one, that not-to-be-neglected legacy
    thou shall give as a share [of spoils] to worshiping [thee] Ṛjiśvan.



sá vetasúṃ dáśamāyaṃ dáśoṇiṃ tū́tujimíndraḥ svabʰiṣṭísumnaḥ |
ā́ túgraṃ śáśvadíbʰaṃ dyótanāya mātúrná sīmúpa sṛjā iyádʰyai || 8||



8.  sasr3msn vetasuNmsa (daśau-māyānfs)jmsa daśoṇijmsa  
    tūtujinmsa indraNmsn (svabʰiṣṭijns-sumnanns)jmsn |
    āp tugraNmsa śaśvata ibʰajmsa dyotanannsd  
    mātṛnfsg nac sīmr3msa upap sṛjavp·Ao2s«√sṛj iyadʰyaiv·I·D··«√i 



8.  Being such, Indra whose benevolence is helpful,
    do thou let loose having ten tricks having ten protections
    eager Vetasu to go again and again at ever fearless⁵ Tugra,
    to show him as if [to be still a child⁶] of [his] mother.



sá īṃ spṛ́dʰo vanate ápratīto bíbʰradvájraṃ vṛtraháṇaṃ gábʰastau |
tíṣṭʰaddʰárī ádʰyásteva gárte vacoyújā vahata índramṛṣvám || 9||



9.  sasr3msn īmc spṛdʰnfpa vanateva·A·3s«√van apratītajmsn  
    bibʰrattp·Amsn«√bʰṛ vajranmsa (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsa gabʰastinmsl |
    tiṣṭʰatvp·AE3s«√stʰā harijmda adʰip astṛnmsn ivac gartanmsl  
    (vacasnns-yujjms)jmda vahatasvp·A·3d«√vah indraNmsa ṛṣvajmsa 



9.  Such he places [victory in] fights within [his] reach ---
    not-counterbalanced, carrying in [his] hand slaying Vṛtra thunderbolt.
    Like a shooter a high seat, he shall mount two tawny ones;
    yoked by an utterance, they convey helping in dire straights Indra.



sanéma té'vasā návya indra prá pūráva stavanta enā́ yajñaíḥ |
saptá yátpúraḥ śárma śā́radīrdárddʰándā́sīḥ purukútsāya śíkṣan || 10||



10. sanemavp·Ai1p«√san tvamr2msg avasnnsi navyasa indraNmsv  
     prap pūrunmpn stavanteva·A·3p«√stu enāc yajñanmpi |
     saptau yadc purnfpa śarmannnsa śāradījfpa dartvp·AE3s«√dṝ  
     hanvp·UE3s«√han dāsījmpa purukutsaNmsd śikṣanttpDAmsn«√śak 



10. ``With thy help we might be successful again, O Indra!'' ---
    in this manner commoners praise [him] with fire offerings.
    When he had to break open seven autumnal strongholds --- [their] refuge ---
    wishing to be effective for Purukutsa, he hammered savage ones.



tváṃ vṛdʰá indra pūrvyó bʰūrvarivasyánnuśáne kāvyā́ya |
párā návavāstvamanudéyaṃ mahé pitré dadātʰa sváṃ nápātam || 11||



11. tvamr2msn vṛdʰajmsn indraNmsv pūrvyajmsn bʰūtvp·UE2s«√bʰū  
     varivasyanttp·Amsn«√varivasya uśanasNmsd kāvyaNmsd |
     parāa (navau-vāstvanns)Nmsa anudeyannsa  
     mahjmsd pitṛnmsd dadātʰavp·I·2s«√dā svajmsa napātnmsa 



11. Thou, O Indra, has become for Uśanas Kāvya
    preeminent --- strengthening, [and] accompanied by a mental space.
    Thou have given to-be-given-away Navavāstva
    to the mighty father [as] his own descendant.



tváṃ dʰúnirindra dʰúnimatīrṛṇórapáḥ sīrā́ ná srávantīḥ |
prá yátsamudrámáti śūra párṣi pāráyā turváśaṃ yáduṃ svastí || 12||



12. tvamr2msn dʰunijmsn indraNmsv dʰunimatījfpa  
     ṛṇosvp·AE2s«√ṛ apnfpa sīrānfpn nac sravantījfpa |
     prap yadc samudranmsa atip śūranmsv parṣivp·Ue2s«√pṛ  
     pārayavpCAo2s«√pṛ turvaśaNmsa yaduNmsa svastinfsi 



12. Thou, O Indra, tumultuous, shall come across tumultuous waters
    like runnels [come across] flowing streams.
    When thou shall cross over the sea⁷, O agent of change,
    bring successfully over Turvaśa, Yadu!



táva ha tyádindra víśvamājaú sastó dʰúnīcúmurī yā́ ha síṣvap |
dīdáyadíttúbʰyaṃ sómebʰiḥ sunvándabʰī́tiridʰmábʰṛtiḥ paktʰyàrkaíḥ || 13||



13. tvamr2msg hac tyadr3nsn indraNmsv viśvannsn ājinmsl  
     sastasvp·A·3d«√sas (dʰuniNmd-cumuriNmd)Nmdn yasr3mda hac siṣvapvpCU·2s«√sas |
     dīdayatvp·AE3s«√dī idc tvamr2msd somanmpi sunvanttp·Amsn«√su  
     dabʰītinmsn (idʰmanms-bʰṛtinfs)jmsn paktʰinjmsn arkanmpi 



13. All this in the contest is truly thy, O Indra!
    Dʰuni and Cumuri whom thou have put to sleep, are asleep.
    Pressing out [Soma], one shall just illumine with Soma drops [pathways] for thee ---
    bringing-fuel [for inner Agni] deception becomes subject to analysis (?) by means of hymns of illumination.


1 vāja
2 this line is the same as 4.28.2d
3 maṇipūra cakra
4 this line is the same as 5.30.8b
5 ibʰa = ``fearless'' after Sāyaṇa commentary
6 ``not a formidable fighter''
7 heart cakra


Sūkta 6.21 

imā́ u tvā purutámasya kārórhávyaṃ vīra hávyā havante |
dʰíyo ratʰeṣṭʰā́majáraṃ návīyo rayírvíbʰūtirīyate vacasyā́ || 1||



1.  ayamr3fpn uc tvamr2msa purutamajmsg kārunmsg  
    havyajmsa vīranmsv havyājfpa havanteva·A·3p«√hū |
    dʰīnfpn (ratʰanmsl-stʰājms)jmsa ajarajmsa navīyasa  
    rayinmsn vibʰūtijmsn īyatevaIA·3s«√i vacasyānfsi 



1.  These, to-be-summoned visions by the best-among-many singer, call anew
    upon to-be-summoned thee, O valiant one,
    [thee,] standing on a chariot, undecaying!
    Pervading treasure comes again and again through eloquence.



támu stuṣa índraṃ yó vídāno gírvāhasaṃ gīrbʰíryajñávṛddʰam |
yásya dívamáti mahnā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ purumāyásya riricé mahitvám || 2||



2.  tasr3msa uc stuṣevp·A·1s«√stu indraNmsa yasr3msn vidānata·Ampn«√vid  
    (girnfs-vāhasjms)jmsa girnfpi (yajñanms-vṛddʰajms)jmsa |
    yasr3msg dyunmsa atip mahannnsi pṛtʰivīnfsb  
    (purua-māyānfs)jmsg ririceva·I·3s«√ric mahitvannsn 



2.  Him I extol who is known as Indra
    [him,] strengthened by a fire offering, conveyed-by-chants [I extol] with chants,
    [him,] whose, that of knowing many tricks one, power to expand
    greatly surpasses the Heaven and the Earth.



sá íttámo'vayunáṃ tatanvátsū́ryeṇa vayúnavaccakāra |
kadā́ te mártā amṛ́tasya dʰā́méyakṣanto ná minanti svadʰāvaḥ || 3||



3.  tasr3msn idc tamasnnsa avayunajnsa tatanvaṅstp·Insa«√tan  
    sūryanmsi vayunavatjnsa cakāravp·I·3s«√kṛ |
    kadāc tvamr2msg martajmpn amṛtajmsg dʰāmannnsa  
    iyakṣanttpDA?pn«√yaj nac minantivp·A·3p«√mi svadʰāvaṃsjmsv 



3.  Such indeed, by means of the sun¹ he made lacking-inducements darkness,
    that has spread, to have an inducement.
    Seeking-to-sacrifice mortals never diminish
    thy, that of an immortal, condition, O having inherent power!
------



yástā́ cakā́ra sá kúha svidíndraḥ kámā́ jánaṃ carati kā́su vikṣú |
káste yajñó mánase śáṃ várāya kó arká indra katamáḥ sá hótā || 4||



4.  yasr3msn tadr3npa cakāravp·I·3s«√kṛ sasr3msn kur3nsl svidc indraNmsn  
    kasr3msa āp jananmsa carativp·A·3s«√car kasr3fpl viśnfpl |
    kasr3msn tvamr2msg yajñanmsn manasnnsd śama varanmsd  
    kasr3msn arkanmsn indraNmsv katamar3msn sasr3msn hotṛnmsn 



4.  Where do you think [is] that Indra who performed these [deeds]?
    Which person he roams to? Among which tribes?
    Which fire offering [is] pleasing to thy mind, to thy heart's content?
    Which hymn of illumination [is such]? Who [is] such invoker [of thee]?
------



idā́ hí te véviṣataḥ purājā́ḥ pratnā́sa āsúḥ purukṛtsákʰāyaḥ |
yé madʰyamā́sa utá nū́tanāsa utā́vamásya puruhūta bodʰi || 5||



5.  idāa hic tvamr2msg veviṣattpIAmpn«√viṣ (purāa-jājms)jmpn  
    pratnajmpn āsurvp·I·3p«√as (purua-kṛtjms)jmsv sakʰinmpn |
    yasr3mpn madyamajmpn utac nūtanajmpn  
    utac avamajmsg (purua-hūtajms)jmsv bodʰivp·Ao2s«√budʰ 



5.  Since up to this moment thy former, born-before companions
    have been [successfully] performing again and again [heroic deeds],
    O doing much, do heed the least [skilled] one,
    [those] who [are] intermediate and [those] who [are] novices, O much invoked one!



táṃ pṛcʰántó'varāsaḥ párāṇi pratnā́ ta indra śrútyā́nu yemuḥ |
árcāmasi vīra brahmavāho yā́devá vidmá tā́ttvā mahā́ntam || 6||



6.  tasr3msa pṛcʰanttp·Ampn«√pṛcʰ avarajmpn parajnpa  
    pratnajnpa tvamr2msg indraNmsv śrutyannpa anup yemurva·I·3p«√yam |
    arcāmasivp·A·1p«√arc vīranmsv (brahmannns-vāhasnns)jmsv yātc  
    evac vidmavp·I·1p«√vid tātc tvamr2msa mahāntajmsa 



6.  The least [skilled] ones, inquiring about him ---
    about thy, O Indra distant former famous deeds --- [thus] give themselves directions [for improvement].
    We praise [thee], O valiant, conveyed by a formulation one,
    inasmuch as we have got to know thee in this way as mighty.



abʰí tvā pā́jo rakṣáso ví tastʰe máhi jajñānámabʰí tátsú tiṣṭʰa |
táva pratnéna yújyena sákʰyā vájreṇa dʰṛṣṇo ápa tā́ nudasva || 7||



7.  abʰip tvamr2msa pājasnnsn rakṣasnmsg vip tastʰeva·I·3s«√stʰā  
    mahia jajñānatp·Imsa«√jan abʰip tadr3nsa sup tiṣṭʰavp·Ao2s«√stʰā |
    tvamr2msg pratnajnsi yujyannsi sakʰinmsi  
    vajranmsi dʰṛṣṇujmsv apap tadr3npa nudasvava·Ao2s«√nud 



7.  The shield² of a guarding [impulse], manifesting itself extensively,
    has spread over thee. Extend [thyself] well over it!
    By using thy ancient suitable companion --- the thunderbolt ---
    remove such [shields], O daring one!



sá tú śrudʰīndra nū́tanasya brahmaṇyató vīra kārudʰāyaḥ |
tváṃ hyā̀píḥ pradívi pitṝṇā́ṃ śáśvadbabʰū́tʰa suháva éṣṭau || 8||



8.  sasr3msn tuc śrudʰivp·Ao2s«√śru indraNmsv nūtanajmsg  
    brahmaṇyattp·Amsg«√brahmaṇya vīranmsv (kārunms-dʰāyasjms)jmsv |
    tvamr2msn hic āpinmsn pradivjnsl pitṛnmpg  
    śaśvata babʰūtʰavp·I·2s«√bʰū suhavajmsn eṣṭinfsl 



8.  Such, do now give ear, O Indra, to an employing-a-formulation novice,
    O valiant, nourishing-singers one,
    since in old days thou became time and again
    listening-willingly ally of fathers in [their] quest.



prótáye váruṇaṃ mitrámíndraṃ marútaḥ kṛṣvā́vase no adyá |
prá pūṣáṇaṃ víṣṇumagníṃ púraṃdʰiṃ savitā́ramóṣadʰīḥ párvatām̐śca || 9||



9.  prap ūtinfsd varuṇaNmsa mitraNmsa indraNmsa  
    marutNmpa kṛṣvava·Ao2s«√kṛ avasnnsd vayamr1mpd adyaa |
    prap pūṣanNmsa viṣṇuNmsa agniNmsa (purnfsa-dʰijms)jmsa  
    savitṛNmsa (oṣanms-dʰijfs)nfpa parvatanmpa cac 



9.  Enable [them] as an aid --- Varuṇa, Mitra, 
    Indra, Marut-s to help us today!
    [Enable] Pūṣan, Viṣṇu, Agni
    bearing fullness Savitṛ, the herbs and knotty ones!



imá u tvā puruśāka prayajyo jaritā́ro abʰyàrcantyarkaíḥ |
śrudʰī́ hávamā́ huvató huvānó ná tvā́vām̐ anyó amṛta tvádasti || 10||



10. ayamr3mpn uc tvamr2msa (purua-śākanms)jmsv prayajyujmsv  
     jaritṛnmpn abʰip arcantivp·A·3p«√arc akranmpi |
     śrudʰivp·Ao2s«√śru havanmsa āp huvattp·Amsg«√hū huvānajmsn  
     nac tvāvantjmsn anyajmsn aṃrtajmsv tvamr2msb astivp·A·3s«√as 



10. These invokers praise [thee], O very-helpful,
    O seeking the first of [any] sacrifice one, with hymns of illumination.
    Do hear, being called upon, the invocation of calling upon [thee] [invoker]!
    There is no one similar to thee other than thee, O immortal one!



nū́ ma ā́ vā́camúpa yāhi vidvā́nvíśvebʰiḥ sūno sahaso yájatraiḥ |
yé agnijihvā́ ṛtasā́pa āsúryé mánuṃ cakrúrúparaṃ dásāya || 11||



11. nuc ahamr1msg āp vācnfsa upap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid  
     viśvajmpi sūnunmsv sahasnnsg yajatranmpi |
     yasr3mpn (agniNms-jihvanms)jmpn (ṛtanns-sapjms)jmpn āsurvp·I·3p«√as  
     yasr3mpn manunmsa cakrurvp·I·3p«√kṛ uparajmsa dasanmsd 



11. Now towards my speech do steer, having found [Soma],
    O inciter of overwhelming strength, together with all instrumental-in-a-sacrifice [Marut-s³],
    that, having Agni for tongue, have been seeking ṛta, 
    that have made an intelligent man close to exhaustion!



sá no bodʰi puraetā́ sugéṣūtá durgéṣu patʰikṛ́dvídānaḥ |
yé áśramāsa urávo váhiṣṭʰāstébʰirna indrābʰí vakṣi vā́jam || 12||



12. sasr3msn vayamr1mpg bodʰivp·Ao2s«√bʰū (purasa-etṛnms)nmsn sugajmpl  
     utac durgajmpl (patʰinnms-kṛtjms)jmsn vidānata·Amsn«√vid |
     yasr3mpn aśramajmpn urujmpn vahiṣṭʰajmpn  
     tasr3mpi vayamr1mpd indraNmsv abʰip vakṣiva·Ue2s«√vah vājanmsa 



12. Such, being known as path-making, become our leader
    in easy-to-traverse and in hard-to-escape [places]!
    Which [Marut-s] are untiring, spacious, best-at-conveying,
    with those, O Indra, convey for us a rush of vigour!


1 maṇipūra cakra
2 lit. ``firmness''
3 on the basis of 5.58.4c,7.57.1a,etc.


Sūkta 6.22 

yá éka íddʰávyaścarṣaṇīnā́míndraṃ táṃ gīrbʰírabʰyàrca ābʰíḥ |
yáḥ pátyate vṛṣabʰó vṛ́ṣṇyāvānsatyáḥ sátvā purumāyáḥ sáhasvān || 1||



1.  yasr3msn ekajmsn idc havyajmsn carṣaṇinfpg  
    indraNmsa tasr3msa girnfpi abʰip arceva·Ao1s«√arc ayamr3fpi |
    yasr3msn patyateva·A·3s«√pat (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn vṛṣṇyavantjmsn  
    satyajmsn satvannmsn (purua-māyānfs)jmsn sahasvantjmsn 



1.  The only one to be summoned --- Indra [the chieftain]¹ of those that draw to themselves² ---
    him I shall illuminate with these chants,
    who, resembling-a-bull, possessed of the manly powers, reigns,
    [who is] a real knowing-many-tricks possessing overwhelming strength fighter.



támu naḥ pū́rve pitáro návagvāḥ saptá víprāso abʰí vājáyantaḥ |
nakṣaddābʰáṃ táturiṃ parvateṣṭʰā́mádrogʰavācaṃ matíbʰiḥ śáviṣṭʰam || 2||



2.  tasr3msn uc vayamr1mpg pūrvajmpn pitṛnmpn navagvajmpn  
    saptau viprajmpn abʰip vājayanttp·Ampn«√vājay |
    (nakṣatjms-dābʰajms)jmsa taturijmsn (parvatanms-stʰājms)jmsa  
    (adrohajms-vācnfs)jmsa matinfpi śaviṣṭʰajmsa 



2.  Our ancient fathers, seven inwardly excited Navagva-s
    were practising rushes of vigour for the sake of him
    who finds ways to deceive, who has ways to overcome [adversity], who resides in the knotty one,
    whose speech has no malice in it, who has the most power to change through mental gestures.



támīmaha índramasya rāyáḥ puruvī́rasya nṛvátaḥ purukṣóḥ |
yó áskṛdʰoyurajáraḥ svàrvāntámā́ bʰara harivo mādayádʰyai || 3||



3.  tasr3msa īmaheva·A·1p«√i indraNmsa ayamr3msg rainmsg  
    (purua-vīranms)jmsg nṛvatjmsg (purua-kṣujms)jmsg |
    yasr3msn askrḍʰoyujmsn ajarajmsn svarvantjmsn  
    tasr3msa āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ harivantnmsv mādayadʰyaiv·C·D··«√mad 



3.  That Indra we approach [for a share] of his treasure
    of which [treasure] heroes are many, which [treasure] is manly and granting liberally [what's lovely and beneficial]³.
    Which [is] not deficient, undecaying, possessing of sva`r,
    that [treasure] bring here, O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one, to make [us] exalt!



tánno ví voco yádi te purā́ cijjaritā́ra ānaśúḥ sumnámindra |
káste bʰāgáḥ kíṃ váyo dudʰra kʰidvaḥ púruhūta purūvaso'suragʰnáḥ || 4||



4.  tadr3nsa vayamr1mpd vip vocasvp·UE2s«√vac yadic tvamr2msg purāa cidc  
    jaritṛnmpn ānaśurvp·I·3p«√aś sumnannsa indraNmsv |
    kasr3msn tvamr2msg bʰāganmsn kir3nsa vayasnnsa dudʰrajmsv kʰidvasjmsv  
    (purua-hūtajms)jmsv (purua-vasunns)jmsv (asuranms-gʰnajms)jmsn 



4.  If indeed [ever] before invokers obtained thy benevolence, O Indra,
    then thou shall explain to us what is that thy share,
    what mental and/or bodily energy he who slays guiding spirits⁴ [obtains]?
    O facilitating anger, depressing one! O much invoked one, having many benefits one!
------



táṃ pṛcʰántī vájrahastaṃ ratʰeṣṭʰā́míndraṃ vépī vákvarī yásya nū́ gī́ḥ |
tuvigrābʰáṃ tuvikūrmíṃ rabʰodā́ṃ gātúmiṣe nákṣate túmramácʰa || 5||



5.  tasr3msa pṛcʰantītp·Afsn«√pracʰ (vajranms-hastanms)jmsa (ratʰanmsl-stʰājms)jmsa  
    indraNmsa vepījfsn vakvarījfsn yasr3msg nuc girnfsn |
    (tuvia-grābʰanms)jmsa (tuvia-kūrminms)jmsa (rabʰasnns-dājms)jmsa  
    gātunmsa iṣeva·I·3s«√iṣ nakṣattp·Amsd«√nakṣ tumrajmsa acʰap 



5.  [One who is] inquiring about him --- thunderbolt-in-hand standing on a chariot Indra ---
    exciting accompanied-by-flowing-speech chant that is his
    has sought for reaching [him worshiper] an unimpeded pathway towards the strong one
    [who] seizes powerfully, [who] shields strongly, [who] gives means to captivate.



ayā́ ha tyáṃ māyáyā vāvṛdʰānáṃ manojúvā svatavaḥ párvatena |
ácyutā cidvīḷitā́ svojo rujó ví dṛḷhā́ dʰṛṣatā́ virapśin || 6||



6.  ar3nsi hac tyadr3msa māyānfsi vāvṛdʰānatp·Amsa«√vṛdʰ  
    (manasnns-jūjms)jmsi svatavasjmsv parvatanmsi |
    acyutajnpa cidc vīḷitajnpa svojasjmsv rujasvp·AE2s«√ruj  
    vip dṛḷhajnpa dʰṛṣatāa virapśinjmsv 



6.  In this way, thou⁵, O having much vigour one,
    with swift-as-mind knotty one⁶, shall courageously shatter,
    O self-strong one, that one, who is getting stronger through the power to frame [cognition],
    [and] even unshakable firm strongholds, O exuberant one,



táṃ vo dʰiyā́ návyasyā śáviṣṭʰaṃ pratnáṃ pratnavátparitaṃsayádʰyai |
sá no vakṣadanimānáḥ suváhméndro víśvānyáti durgáhāṇi || 7||



7.  tasr2msa tvamr2mpg dʰīnfsi navyasījfsi śaviṣṭʰajmsa  
    pratnajmsa pratnavata paritaṃsayadʰyaiv·C·D··«pari~√taṃs |
    sasr3msn vayamr1mpa vakṣatvp·AE3s«√vah animānajmsn suvahmannmsn indraNmsn  
    viśvajnpa atip durgahannpa 



7.  to stir in a primordial way with thy new visualization
    him [who is] primordial, who has the most power to change.
    He, unbounded good charioteer, Indra,
    shall convey us beyond all dangers.



ā́ jánāya drúhvaṇe pā́rtʰivāni divyā́ni dīpayo'ntárikṣā |
tápā vṛṣanviśvátaḥ śocíṣā tā́nbrahmadvíṣe śocaya kṣā́mapáśca || 8||



8.  āp jananmsd druhvanjmsd pārtʰivajnpa  
    divyajnpa dīpayasvpCAE2s«√dīp (antara-īkṣajms)jnpa |
    tapavp·Ao2s«√tap vṛṣannmsv viśvatasa śocisnnsi tasr3mpa  
    (brahmannns-dviṣjms)jmsd śocayavpCAo2s«√śuc kṣānfsa apnfpa cac 



8.  For a hostile person thou shall set on fire
    earthly, heavenly [things] and those of intermediate space.
    Torment them with thy flame from all sides, O bull!
    For him who is hostile to formulations set earth and waters⁷ on fire.



bʰúvo jánasya divyásya rā́jā pā́rtʰivasya jágatastveṣasaṃdṛk |
dʰiṣvá vájraṃ dákṣiṇa indra háste víśvā ajurya dayase ví māyā́ḥ || 9||



9.  bʰuvasvp·AE2s«√bʰū jananmsg divyajmsg rājannmsn  
    pārtʰivajnsg jagatnnsg (tveṣajms-saṃdṛśnfs)jmsv |
    dʰiṣvava·Ao2s«√dʰā vajranmsa dakṣiṇajmsl indraNmsv hastanmsl  
    viśvajfpa ajuryajmsv dayasevp·A·2s«√de vip māyānfpa 



9.  Thou shall be the chief of celestial race
    [and] of earthly creatures, O having vehement appearance one!
    Put thunderbolt into the right hand, O Indra!
    Thou, O undecaying one, expose all deceptive constructs.



ā́ saṃyátamindra ṇaḥ svastíṃ śatrutū́ryāya bṛhatī́mámṛdʰrām |
yáyā dā́sānyā́ryāṇi vṛtrā́ káro vajrinsutúkā nā́huṣāṇi || 10||



10. āp saṃyatjfsa indraNmsv vayamr1mpd svastinfsa  
     (śatrunms-tūryanns)nnsd bṛhatījfsa amṛdʰrājfsa |
     yāsr3fsi dāsajnpa āryajnpa vṛtrannpa  
     karasvp·AE2s«√kṛ vajrinnmsv sutukajnpa nāhuṣajnpa 



10. [Set up] for us, O Indra, (to speed past the enemies) 
    bringing coherence [to our actions] unceasing wide-ranging well-being with which
    thou, O thunderbolt-wielder, shall make obstacles --- [both] of savages and those of a conducting upwards one ---
    trifling and less aggressive⁸.



sá no niyúdbʰiḥ puruhūta vedʰo viśvávārābʰirā́ gahi prayajyo |
ná yā́ ádevo várate ná devá ā́bʰiryāhi tū́yamā́ madryadrík || 11||



11. sasr3msn vayamr1mpa niyutjfpi (purua-hūtajms)jmsv vedʰasjmsv  
     (viśvanns-vārajms)jfpi āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam prayajyujmsv |



11. Such, come to us, O much invoked adept,
    with innate treasured by all [waters], O seeking the first of [any] sacrifice one,
    which neither he, who is without deva-s can hinder, nor [even] a deva.
    With those journey quickly towards me!


1 on the basis of 8.70.1a
2 the senses
3 on the basis of 6.19.5b
4 asura-s
5 warrior instructed in Indra-craft
6 that is, ``muscles and joints of the body''
7 ``flesh and blood''
8 lit. ``neighborly''


Sūkta 6.23 

sutá íttváṃ nímiśla indra sóme stóme bráhmaṇi śasyámāna uktʰé |
yádvā yuktā́bʰyāṃ magʰavanháribʰyāṃ bíbʰradvájraṃ bāhvórindra yā́si || 1||



1.  sutajmsl idc tvamr2msn nimiślajmsn indraNmsv somanmsl  
    stomanmsl brahmannnsi śasyamānatp·Amsl«√śaṃs uktʰannsl |
    yadcc yuktajmdi magʰavanjmsv harijmdi  
    bibʰrattp·Amsn«√bʰṛ vajranmsa bāhunmdl indraNmsv yāsivp·A·2s«√yā 



1.  Thou [are] intertwined with only pressed out Soma, O Indra,
    with a hymn of praise, with a formulation, with a recited verse,
    when thou, carrying in arms the thunderbolt, O Indra,
    journey with two yoked tawny ones, O generous one,



yádvā diví pā́rye súṣvimindra vṛtrahátyé'vasi śū́rasātau |
yádvā dákṣasya bibʰyúṣo ábibʰyadárandʰayaḥ śárdʰata indra dásyūn || 2||



2.  yadcc dyunmsl pāryanmsl suṣvijmsa indraNmsv  
    (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd avasivp·A·2s«√av (śūranms-sātinfs)jfsl |
    yadcc dakṣanmsg bibʰīvaṃstp·Imsg«√bʰī abibʰyattp·Amsn«a~√bʰī  
    arandʰayasvpCAa2s«√radʰ śardʰattp·Ampa«√śṛdʰ indraNmsv (dasnfs-yujms)nmpa 



2.  or, when on a decisive day thou, O Indra, aid him, who pressed out Soma,
    to slay Vṛtra, when gaining [victory] through a decisive action;
    or, when not being afraid of terrifying power of discernment,
    thou subdued defiant impulses to suffer want.
------



pā́tā sutámíndro astu sómaṃ praṇenī́rugró jaritā́ramūtī́ |
kártā vīrā́ya súṣvaya u lokáṃ dā́tā vásu stuvaté kīráye cit || 3||



3.  pātṛnmsn sutajmsa indraNmsn astuvp·A·3s«√as somanmsa  
    praṇenījmsn ugrajmsn jaritṛnmsa ūtinfpi |
    kartṛnmsn vīranmsd suṣvijmsd uc lokanmsa  
    dātṛnmsn vasunnsa stuvanttp·Amsd«√stu kīrinmsd cidc 



3.  Let Indra be a drinker of pressed out Soma,
    [he,] ferocious, constantly guiding an invoker with [various] means of helping,
    creator of space for a pressing-Soma hero,
    also a giver of what's beneficial to extolling [him] praiser!



gántéyānti sávanā háribʰyāṃ babʰrírvájraṃ papíḥ sómaṃ dadírgā́ḥ |
kártā vīráṃ náryaṃ sárvavīraṃ śrótā hávaṃ gṛṇatá stómavāhāḥ || 4||



4.  gantāvp·B·3s«√gam iyatjnpa savanannpa harijmdi  
    babʰrijmsn vajranmsa papijmsn somanmsa dadijmsn gonfpa |
    kartṛnmsn vīranmsa naryajmsa (sarvajms-vīranms)jmsn  
    śrotṛnmsn havanmsa gṛṇanttp·Amsg«√gṝ (stomanms-vāhasjms)jmsn 



4.  He who will come with two tawny ones to even such as these pressings of Soma
    bearing the thunderbolt, drinking Soma, bestowing cows¹,
    [he,] who makes valiant manly [warrior] all-heroic,
    who hears invocation of extolling [him] [singer], [he is] conveyed by a hymn of praise.



ásmai vayáṃ yádvāvā́na tádviviṣma índrāya yó naḥ pradívo ápaskáḥ |
suté sóme stumási śáṃsaduktʰéndrāya bráhma várdʰanaṃ yátʰā́sat || 5||



5.  ayamr3msd vayamr1mpn yadr3nsa vavānavp·I·3s«√van tadr3nsa viviṣmasvp·A·1p«√viṣ  
    indraNmsd yasr3msn vayamr1mpd pradivasa apasnnsa karvp·AE3s«√kṛ |
    sutajmsl somanmsl stumasivp·A·1p«√stu śaṃsatvp·AE3s«√śaṃs uktʰannpa  
    indraNmsd brahmannnsn vardʰanajnsn yatʰāc asatvp·AE3s«√as 



5.  What he has placed within [our] reach --- that we will subdue for him,
    for Indra who has always performed this act for us.
    We extol [him] when Soma is extracted, he² shall recite verses,
    for Indra the formula will be strengthening as it should be.
------



bráhmāṇi hí cakṛṣé várdʰanāni tā́vatta indra matíbʰirviviṣmaḥ |
suté sóme sutapāḥ śáṃtamāni rā́ṇḍyā kriyāsma vákṣaṇāni yajñaíḥ || 6||



6.  brahmannnpa hic cakṛṣeva·I·2s«√kṛ vardʰanajnpa  
    tāvata tvamr2msd indraNmsv matinfpi viviṣmasvp·A·1p«√viṣ |
    sutajmsl somanmsl (sutajms-pājms)jmsv śaṃtamajnpa  
    rāṇḍryajnpa kriyāsmavp·AI1p«√kṛ vakṣaṇannpa yajñanmpi 



6.  Since thou made formulations strengthening [for us],
    we will do as much for thee, O Indra, by means of mental gestures!
    When Soma is extracted, O drinker of pressed out [juice],
    may we prepare wholesome [and] agreeable nourishments by means of fire offerings!



sá no bodʰi puroḷā́śaṃ rárāṇaḥ píbā tú sómaṃ góṛjīkamindra |
édáṃ barhíryájamānasya sīdorúṃ kṛdʰi tvāyatá u lokám || 7||



7.  sasr3msn vayamr1mpg bodʰivp·Ao2s«√budʰ puroḷāśanmsa rarāṇajmsn  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā tuc somanmsa (gonfs-ṛjīkanns)jmsa indraNmsv |
    āp ayamr3nsa barhisnnsa yajamānata·Amsg«√yaj sīdavp·Ao2s«√sad  
    urujmsa kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ (tvamr2msa-yatjms)jmsg uc lokanmsa 



7.  Such, liberal, attend to our sacrificial cake,
    then drink conducive-to-evocative-expressions Soma, O Indra!
    Sit on this sacrificer's grass³,
    make wide the space of seeking thee [sacrificer]!



sá mandasvā hyánu jóṣamugra prá tvā yajñā́sa imé aśnuvantu |
prémé hávāsaḥ puruhūtámasmé ā́ tveyáṃ dʰī́rávasa indra yamyāḥ || 8||



8.  sasr3msn mandasvava·Ao2s«√mand hic anup joṣanmsa ugrajmsv  
    prap tvamr2msa yajñanmpn ayamr3mpn aśnuvantuvp·Ao3p«√aś |
    prap ayamr3mpn havanmpn (purua-hūtajms)jmsa vayamr1mpl āp tvamr2msa ayamr3fsn dʰīnfsn avasnnsd indraNmsv yamyāsvp·AI3s«√yam 



8.  Such thou just be as drunk as thou wish, O ferocious one!
    May these sacrifices fall to the lot of thee!
    [May] these calls among us upon much invoked one [reach thee],
    may this visualization draw thee near to help [us], O Indra!
------



táṃ vaḥ sakʰāyaḥ sáṃ yátʰā sutéṣu sómebʰirīṃ pṛṇatā bʰojámíndram |
kuvíttásmā ásati no bʰárāya ná súṣvimíndró'vase mṛdʰāti || 9||



9.  tasr3msa tvamr2mpg sakʰinmpv samp yatʰāc sutajmpl  
    somanmpi īmr3msa pṛṇatavp·Ao2p«√pṝ bʰojajmsa indraNmsa |
    kuvidc tasr3msd asativp·Ae3s«√as vayamr1mpg bʰaranmsd  
    nac suṣvijmsa indraNmsn avasnnsd mṛdʰātivp·Ae3s«√mṛdʰ 



9.  So that Indra would not completely neglect
    to help him among you, O companions, who is pressing Soma,
    during Soma libations sate him, liberal Indra, with drops of Soma ---
    whether he would be [there] for that our battle [or not]!



evédíndraḥ suté astāvi sóme bʰarádvājeṣu kṣáyadínmagʰónaḥ |
ásadyátʰā jaritrá utá sūríríndro rāyó viśvávārasya dātā́ || 10||



10. evac idc indraNmsn sutajmsl astāvivp·U·3s«√stu somanmsl  
     bʰaradvājaNmpl kṣayatvp·Ae3s«√kṣi idc magʰavannmsg |
     asatvp·AE3s«√as yatʰāc jaritṛnmsd utac sūrinmsn  
     indraNmsn rainmsg (viśvanns-vārajms)jmsg dātṛnmsn 



10. Only Indra is praised when Soma is extracted among Bʰaradvāja-s
    [so that] just he would be the master of a generous [man].
    and as [generous] the institutor of the sacrifice will be towards the invoker,
    [so generous] a giver of treasured-by-all treasure Indra [will be towards him].


1 ``evocative expressions''
2 prob. invoker -- hotṛ
3 this line is the same as 3.53.3c


Sūkta 6.24 

vṛ́ṣā máda índre ślóka uktʰā́ sácā sómeṣu sutapā́ ṛjīṣī́ |
arcatryò magʰávā nṛ́bʰya uktʰaírdyukṣó rā́jā girā́mákṣitotiḥ || 1||



1.  vṛṣanjmsn madanmsn indraNmsl ślokanmsn uktʰannpn  
    sacāa somanmpl (sutajms-pājms)jmsn ṛjīṣinjmsn |
    arcatryajmsn magʰavanjmsn nṛnmpd uktʰannpi  
    (dyunms-kṣajms)jmsn rājannmsn girnfpg (akṣitajms-ūtinfs)jmsn 



1.  In [the state of] Indra [there are] bullish rapture, divine voice, verses.
    In the presence of drops of Soma drinker of pressed out [juice] [is] having direct impact.
    He, generous one, is worthy to be praised to men with verses.
    He, whose side-effects do not taper off, [is] empowered-by-the-Heaven chieftain of chants.



táturirvīró náryo vícetāḥ śrótā hávaṃ gṛṇatá urvyū̀tiḥ |
vásuḥ śáṃso narā́ṃ kārúdʰāyā vājī́ stutó vidátʰe dāti vā́jam || 2||



2.  taturijmsn vīranmsn naryajmsn vicetasjmsn  
    śrotṛnmsn havanmsa gṛṇanttp·Amsg«√gṝ (urvijfs-ūtinfs)jmsn |
    vasujmsn śaṃsanmsn nṛnmpg (kārunms-dʰāyasjms)jmsn  
    vājinnmsn stutajmsn vidatʰannsl dātivp·A·3s«√dā vājanmsa 



2.  Having ways to overcome [adversity] clearly seen manly hero
    whose side-effects are extensive will hear invocation of extolling [him] [man].
    Beneficial, blessing men, nourishing singers,
    possessing the rush of vigour, eulogized during a knowledge-sharing session, he gives a rush of vigour.
------



ákṣo ná cakryòḥ śūra bṛhánprá te mahnā́ ririce ródasyoḥ |
vṛkṣásya nú te puruhūta vayā́ vyū̀táyo ruruhurindra pūrvī́ḥ || 3||



3.  akṣanmsn nac cakrīnfdl śūranmsv bṛhatjmsn  
    prap tvamr2msg mahannnsi ririceva·I·3s«√ric rodasīnfdl |
    vṛkṣanmsg nuc tvamr2msg (purua-hūtajms)jmsvnfpn  
    vip ūtinfpn ruruhurvp·I·3p«√ruh indraNmsv pūrvījfpn 



3.  Strong like axle [inserted] into two wheels, O agent of change,
    through thy abundance it¹ surpassed in both Rodas-es
kj [driving them in different directions forces].
    Then [as] branches of a tree --- many, thy, O much invoked one,
    side-effects have sprouted, O Indra!



śácīvataste puruśāka śā́kā gávāmiva srutáyaḥ saṃcáraṇīḥ |
vatsā́nāṃ ná tantáyasta indra dā́manvanto adāmā́naḥ sudāman || 4||



4.  śacīvatjmsg tvamr2msg (purua-śākanms)jmsv śākanmpn  
    gonfpg ivac srutinfpn saṃcaranījfpn |
    vatsanmpg nac tantinfpn tvamr2msg indraNmsv dāmanvantjmpn adāmanjmpn sudāmanjmsv 



4.  Thy, O very-helpful accompanied by enabling powers one,
    powers [are] like converging streams of milk;
    like calves' cords, thy, O Indra, [powers]
    [though] having strings [are] non-binding, O bountiful one!



anyádadyá kárvaramanyádu śvó'sacca sánmúhurācakríríndraḥ |
mitró no átra váruṇaśca pūṣā́ryó váśasya paryetā́sti || 5||



5.  anyatjnsa adyaa karvarannsa anyatjnsa uc śvasa  
    asatnnsa cac satnnsa muhura ācakrijmsn indraNmsn |
    mitraNmsn vayamr1mpd ar3nsl varuṇaNmsn cac pūṣanNmsn  
    arijmsg vaśanmsg paryetṛnmsn astivp·A·3s«√as 



5.  One deed today, yet another tomorrow ---
    and suddenly Indra [is] making fiction into reality.
    In this case Mitra and Varuṇa, Pūṣan [will act] for our sake.
    He² will be moving around by the command of him³ who tends upwards.



ví tvádā́po ná párvatasya pṛṣṭʰā́duktʰébʰirindrānayanta yajñaíḥ |
táṃ tvābʰíḥ suṣṭutíbʰirvājáyanta ājíṃ ná jagmurgirvāho áśvāḥ || 6||



6.  vip tvamr2msb apnfpn nac parvatanmsg pṛṣṭʰannsb  
    uktʰannpi indraNmsv anayantavp·Aa3p«√nī yajñanmpi |
    tasr3msa tvamr2msa ayamr3fpi suṣṭutinfpi vājayanttp·Ampn«√vājay  
    ājinmsa nac jagmurvp·I·3p«√gam (girnfs-vāhasjms)jmsv aśvanmpn 



6.  Like waters from the base of a mountain, they drew [their power]
    from thee, O Indra, by means of verses and fire offerings.
    They, who are practising rushes of vigour, with these correctly articulated praises have set out
    towards such⁴ thee, O conveyed by chants, like horses [set out] towards a racetrack.
------



ná yáṃ járanti śarádo ná mā́sā ná dyā́va índramavakarśáyanti |
vṛddʰásya cidvardʰatāmasya tanū́ stómebʰiruktʰaíśca śasyámānā || 7||



7.  nac yasr3msa jarantivp·A·3p«√jṝ śaradnfpn nac māsānfpn  
    nac dyunmpn indraNmsa avakarśayantivpCA·3p«ava~√kṛś |
    vṛddʰajmsg cidc vardʰatāmvp·Ao3s«√vṛdʰ ayamr3msg tanūnfsn  
    stomanmpi uktʰannpi cac śasyamānatp·Afsn«√śaṃs 



7.  Days do not emaciate Indra
    whom neither years⁵ wear out, nor months.
    May being commended with hymns of praise and verses body of this one
    grow stronger even though it was [already] strengthened!



ná vīḷáve námate ná stʰirā́ya ná śárdʰate dásyujūtāya stavā́n |
ájrā índrasya giráyaścidṛṣvā́ gambʰīré cidbʰavati gādʰámasmai || 8||



8.  nac vīḷujmsd namatevp·A·3s«√nam nac stʰirajmsd  
    nac śardʰatjmsd (dasyujms-jūtajms)jmsd stavanjmsn |
    ajranmpn indraNmsg girinmpn cidc ṛṣvajmpn  
    gambʰīrannsl cidc bʰavativp·A·3s«√bʰū gādʰannsn ayamr3msd 



8.  He who is praising [Indra] does not submit⁶ 
    to the strong, nor to the relentless, nor to the mocking, driven by the impulse to suffer want one.
    Plains, even mountains [are] helping [adept] of Indra in dire straights.
    Even in the deep a ford comes into being for this one.



gambʰīréṇa na urúṇāmatrinpréṣó yandʰi sutapāvanvā́jān |
stʰā́ ū ṣú ūrdʰvá ūtī́ áriṣaṇyannaktórvyuṣṭau páritakmyāyām || 9||



9.  gambʰīrannsi vayamr1mpd urunnsi amatrinjmsv  
    prap iṣajmsn yandʰivp·Ao2s«√yam sutapāvanjmsv vājanmpa |
    stʰāsvp·UE2s«√stʰā uc sup ūrdʰvajmsn ūtinfpi ariṣaṇyantjmsn  
    aktunmsb vyuṣṭinfsl paritakmyānfsl 



9.  Throughout the deep⁷, throughout wide[-open] space, O having means to be forceful,
    possessing sap and strength, extend for our sake rushes of vigour, O accompanied by drinker of pressed out [juice]!
    During uncertainty, being depended upon at night till breaking of dawn,
    thou shall remain fully upright.



sácasva nāyámávase abʰī́ka itó vā támindra pāhi riṣáḥ |
amā́ cainamáraṇye pāhi riṣó mádema śatáhimāḥ suvī́rāḥ || 10||



10. sacasvava·Ao2s«√sac nāyanmsa avasnnsd abʰīkannsl  
     ir3nsbc tasr3msa indraNmsv pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā riṣnfsb |
     amāa cac enamr3msa araṇyannsl pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā riṣnfsb  
     mademavp·Ai1p«√mad (śatau-himānfs)nfpa suvīrajmpn 



10. In an encounter, in order to help, accompany the leader.
    From now on, O Indra, protect him from injury!
    At home or in foreign land, protect him from injury!
    May we, very manly, rejoice for hundred winters!


1 the rush of vigour
2 Indra
3 Soma
4 that is, ``moving around by the command of him who tends upwards''
5 lit. ``autumns''
6 lit. ``bow''
7 prob. ``ravine''


Sūkta 6.25 

yā́ ta ūtíravamā́ yā́ paramā́ yā́ madʰyaméndra śuṣminnásti |
tā́bʰirū ṣú vṛtrahátye'vīrna ebʰíśca vā́jairmahā́nna ugra || 1||



1.  yār3fsn tvamr2msg ūtinfsn avamājfsnr3fsn paramājfsnr3fsn madʰyamājfsn indraNmsv śuṣminjmsv astivp·A·3s«√as |
    tār3fpi uc sup (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd avīsvp·U·2s«√av vayamr1mpa  
    ayamr3mpi cac vājanmpi mahatjmsn vayamr1mpd ugrajmsv 



1.  Which thy way of helping is inferior, which is superior,
    which is in-between, O fiery Indra,
    with those thou helped us well to slay Vṛtra
    with these rushes of vigour [thou are] great for us, O ferocious one!



ā́bʰi spṛ́dʰo mitʰatī́ráriṣaṇyannamítrasya vyatʰayā manyúmindra |
ā́bʰirvíśvā abʰiyújo víṣūcīrā́ryāya víśó'va tārīrdā́sīḥ || 2||



2.  ayamr3fpi spṛdʰnfpa mitʰatījfpa ariṣaṇyantjmsn  
    amitrajmsg vyatʰayavpCAo2s«√vyatʰ manyunmsa indraNmsv |
    ayamr3fpi viśvājfpa abʰiyujjfpa viṣūcījfpa  
    āryajmsd viśnfpa avap tārīsvp·U·2s«√tṝ dāsījfpa 



2.  With those [means of helping], thou, being depended upon,
    make opposing [us] adversaries, the rage of a hostile, come to naught, O Indra!
    With those [means of helping] thou have degraded, on behalf of him who conducts upwards, 
    all assailing, or having divided loyalties¹ savage tribes.



índra jāmáya utá yé'jāmayo'rvācīnā́so vanúṣo yuyujré |
tvámeṣāṃ vitʰurā́ śávāṃsi jahí vṛ́ṣṇyāni kṛṇuhī́ párācaḥ || 3||



3.  indraNmsv jāmijmpn utac yasr3mpn ajāmijmpn  
    arvācīnajmpn vanusjmpn yuyujreva·I·3p«√yuj |
    tvamr2msn ayamr3mpg vitʰurajnpa śavasnnpa  
    jahivp·Ao2s«√han vṛṣṇyajnpa kṛṇuhivp·Ao2s«√kṛ parāñcjmpa 



3.  O Indra, [those] kin and not-kin that, 
    turned towards [us], eager to attack, have yoked [their chariots],
    do thou strike their manly [but] shaky powers to change,
    make [them] retreat!



śū́ro vā śū́raṃ vanate śárīraistanūrúcā táruṣi yátkṛṇvaíte |
toké vā góṣu tánaye yádapsú ví krándasī urvárāsu brávaite || 4||



4.  śūranmsnc śūranmsa vanateva·A·3s«√van śarīrannpi  
    (tanūnfs-rucjms)jmdn tarusnnsl yadc kṛṇvaiteva·A·3d«√kṛ |
    tokannslc gonfpl tanayajnsl yadc apnfpl  
    vip krandasnndn urvarājfpl bravaiteva·A·3d«√brū 



4.  An agent of change physically places [another] agent of change within [his] reach
    when they two, their bodies shining [with sweat], do [it] in [a fight to establish] superiority,
    or when [their] complains disagree in [matters of] fertile land,
    [of] propagating family children, [of] cows, [of] water [streams].



nahí tvā śū́ro ná turó ná dʰṛṣṇúrná tvā yodʰó mányamāno yuyódʰa |
índra nákiṣṭvā prátyastyeṣāṃ víśvā jātā́nyabʰyàsi tā́ni || 5||



5.  nahic tvamr2msa śūranmsn nac turajmsn nac dʰṛṣṇujmsn nac tvamr2msa yodʰanmsn manyamānatp·Amsn«√man yuyodʰavp·I·3s«√yudʰ |
    indraNmsv nakisc tvamr2msa pratip astivp·A·3s«√as ayamr3mpg  
    viśvajnpa jātannpa abʰip asivp·A·2s«√as tadr3npa 



5.  Since not an agent of change, not a quick, not a daring one
    thought of as warrior has put up a fight against thee, O Indra,
    no one of these here is a match for thee.
    Thou are above all those creatures.
------



sá patyata ubʰáyornṛmṇámayóryádī vedʰásaḥ samitʰé hávante |
vṛtré vā mahó nṛváti kṣáye vā vyácasvantā yádi vitantasaíte || 6||



6.  sasr3msn patyatevp·A·3s«√pat ubʰayajmdg nṛmṇannsa ayamr3mdg  
    yadic vedʰasnmpn samitʰanmsl havanteva·A·3p«√hū |
    vṛtrannslc mahjmsg nṛvatjmsl kṣayanmslc  
    vyacasvantjmdn yadic vitantasaitevaIA·3d«vi~√taṃs 



6.  He controls courage of both these [parties]
    if during a hostile encounter [his] adepts call upon [him],
    if, in obstructing a mighty [army], or at abounding-with-men dwelling,
    both encircling [their targets] [parties] keep tussling.



ádʰa smā te carṣaṇáyo yádéjāníndra trātótá bʰavā varūtā́ |
asmā́kāso yé nṛ́tamāso aryá índra sūráyo dadʰiré puró naḥ || 7||



7.  adʰac smac tvamr2msg carṣaṇinfpn yadc ejānvp·Ae3p«√ej indraNmsv trātṛnmsn utac bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū varūtṛnmsn |
    asmākajmpn yasr3mpn nṛtamajmpn arijmsg  
    indraNmsv sūrinmpn dadʰireva·I·3p«√dʰā purasa vayamr1mpd 



7.  Therefore, when those that draw to themselves² shake [them],
    O Indra, become defender and protector [of those] thy [adepts]
    who [are] our most manly inciters of him who tends upwards,
    O Indra, have set themselves in front of us.



ánu te dāyi mahá indriyā́ya satrā́ te víśvamánu vṛtrahátye |
ánu kṣatrámánu sáho yajatréndra devébʰiránu te nṛṣáhye || 8||



8.  anup tvamr2msg dāyivp·U·3s«√dā mahjnsd indriyannsd  
    satrāa tvamr2msd viśvannsa anup (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd |
    anup kṣatrannsa anup sahasnnsa yajatrajmsv  
    indraNmsv devanmpi anup tvamr2msd (nṛnms-sahyanns)nmsl 



8.  To thee, for the sake of thy great power over affections,
    everything is always yielded to slay Vṛtra.
    The supremacy [and] the overwhelming strength, O worthy of a sacrifice one,
    [are yielded] to thee, O Indra, by deva-s when [thou are] endured by men.



evā́ na spṛ́dʰaḥ sámajā samátsvíndra rārandʰí mitʰatī́rádevīḥ |
vidyā́ma vástorávasā gṛṇánto bʰarádvājā utá ta indra nūnám || 9||



9.  evac vayamr1mpa spṛdʰnfpa samp ajavp·Ao2s«√aj samadnfpl  
    indraNmsv rārandʰivpIAo2s«√randʰ mitʰatījfpa adevījfpa |
    vidyāmavp·Ao1p«√vid vastunfsg avasnnsi gṛṇanttp·Ampn«√gṝ  
    bʰaradvājaNmpn utac tvamr2msa indraNmsv nūnama 



9.  So, do herd adversaries together into clashes, make those opposing [us],
    those without deva-s [in them] subjected to us, O Indra! 
    May we, extolling [thee] Bʰaradvāja-s, through favour of the morning
    experience thee now, O Indra!


1 lit. ``turned in both directions''
2 the senses


Sūkta 6.26 

śrudʰī́ na indra hváyāmasi tvā mahó vā́jasya sātaú vāvṛṣāṇā́ḥ |
sáṃ yádvíśó'yanta śū́rasātā ugráṃ nó'vaḥ pā́rye áhandāḥ || 1||



1.  śrudʰivp·Ao2s«√śru vayamr1mpa indraNmsv hvayāmasivp·A·1p«√hve tvamr2msa  
    mahjmsg vājanmsg sātinfsl vavṛṣānata·Impn«√vṛṣ |
    samp yadc viśnfpn ayantavp·AE3p«√i (śūranms-sātinfs)jfsl  
    ugrajnsa vayamr1mpd avasnnsa pāryajmsl ahannnsl dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



1.  Hear us, Indra, we call upon thee,
    we, having shed [sweat and blood] while gaining great rush of vigour!
    When tribes will come together in a decisive act,
    on a final day thou shall give us fierce assistance.



tvā́ṃ vājī́ havate vājineyó mahó vā́jasya gádʰyasya sātaú |
tvā́ṃ vṛtréṣvindra sátpatiṃ tárutraṃ tvā́ṃ caṣṭe muṣṭihā́ góṣu yúdʰyan || 2||



2.  tvamr2msa vājinnmsn havateva·A·3s«√hve vājineyajmsn  
    mahjmsg vājanmsg gadʰyajmsg sātinfsl |
    tvamr2msa vṛtrannpl indraNmsv (satnns-patinms)nmsa tarutrajmsa  
    tvamr2msa caṣṭeva·A·3s«√cakṣ muṣṭihanjmsn gonfpl yudʰyanttp·Amsn«√yudʰ 



2.  He who is capable of a rush of vigour, becoming possessing of a rush of vigour,
    calls upon thee during obtaining great to-be-gained-as-booty prize.
    A fist-fighter, fighting midst bulls, sees thee during difficulties,
    O Indra, thee, overseer of what's real, as carrying across [the difficulties].



tváṃ kavíṃ codayo'rkásātau tváṃ kútsāya śúṣṇaṃ dāśúṣe vark |
tváṃ śíro amarmáṇaḥ párāhannatitʰigvā́ya śáṃsyaṃ kariṣyán || 3||



3.  tvamr2msn kavinmsa codayasvpCUE2s«√cud (arkanms-sātinfs)nfsl  
    tvamr2msn kutsaNmsd śuṣṇaNmsa dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś varkvp·U·2s«√vṛj |
    tvamr2msn śirasnnsa amarmanjmsg parāa ahanvp·Aa2s«√han  
    atitʰigvaNmsd śaṃsyajnsa kariṣyanttp·Bmsn«√kṛ 



3.  Thou should have animated the poet during creation of a hymn of illumination,
    thou have plucked Śuṣṇa for worshiping [thee] Kutsa,
    thou struck off the head of the invulnerable one,
    for Atitʰigva [thou] are about to perform what is praiseworthy.



tváṃ rátʰaṃ prá bʰaro yodʰámṛṣvámā́vo yúdʰyantaṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ dáśadyum |
tváṃ túgraṃ vetasáve sácāhantváṃ tújiṃ gṛṇántamindra tūtoḥ || 4||



4.  tvamr2msn ratʰanmsa prap bʰarasvp·AE2s«√bʰṛ yodʰanmsa ṛṣvajmsa  
    āvasvp·Aa2s«√av yudʰyanttp·Amsa«√yudʰ (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa daśadyuNmsa |
    tvamr2msn tugraNmsa vetasuNmsd sacāa ahanvp·Aa2s«√han  
    tvamr2msn tujiNmsa gṛṇanttp·Amsa«√gṝ indraNmsv tūtorvpCU·2s«√tu 



4.  Thou shall bring a chariot, [and] a helping in dire straights warrior ---
    thou helped fighting, resembling a bull Dasadyu.
    For Vetasu, together [with him], thou fended off Tugra,
    thou, O Indra, have made strong extolling [thee] Tuji.



tváṃ táduktʰámindra barháṇā kaḥ prá yácʰatā́ sahásrā śūra dárṣi |
áva girérdā́saṃ śámbaraṃ hanprā́vo dívodāsaṃ citrā́bʰirūtī́ || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn tadr3nsa uktʰannsa indraNmsv barhaṇāa karvp·AE2s«√kṛ  
    prap yadr3nsn śatau sahasrau śūranmsv darṣivp·A·2s«√dṝ |
    avap girinmsb dāsanmsa śambaraNmsa hanvp·UE2s«√han  
    prap āvasvp·AE2s«√av (dyunmsg-dāsanms)Nmsa citrājfpi ūtinfpi 



5.  Definitely thou shall perform that verse.
    When thou tear to pieces hundreds thousands [strongholds],
    thou will throw down from the mountain the demon Śambara,
    thou will promote Divodāsa with various means of helping.



tváṃ śraddʰā́bʰirmandasānáḥ sómairdabʰī́taye cúmurimindra siṣvap |
tváṃ rajíṃ píṭʰīnase daśasyánṣaṣṭíṃ sahásrā śácyā sácāhan || 6||



6.  tvamr2msn (śratnns-dʰājfs)nfpi mandasānajmsn somanmpi dabʰītinmsd cumuriNmsa indraNmsv siṣvapvpCU·2s«√sas |
    tvamr2msn rajiNmsa pitʰīnasNmsd daśasyanttp·Amsn«√daśasya  
    ṣaṣtiu sahasrau śacīnfsi sacāa ahanvp·Aa2s«√han 



6.  Thou, becoming exhilarated with acts of trust, with drops of Soma,
    have put to sleep Cumuri in order to deceive, O Indra.
    Thou, rendering a service to Pitʰīnas by providing mighty assistance,
    have destroyed Raji together with sixty thousand [strongholds].



aháṃ caná tátsūríbʰirānaśyāṃ táva jyā́ya indra sumnámójaḥ |
tváyā yátstávante sadʰavīra vīrā́strivárūtʰena náhuṣā śaviṣṭʰa || 7||



7.  ahamr1msn canac tadr3nsa sūrinmpi ānaśyāmvp·Ai1s«ā~√naś  
    tvamr2msg jyāyasjnsa indraNmsv sumnajnsa ojasnnsa |
    tvamr2msi yadr3nsa stavanteva·A·3p«√stu (sadʰaa-vīranms)jmsv vīranmpn  
    (triu-varūtʰanns)jmsi nahusnmsi śaviṣṭʰajmsv 



7.  Not even I with patrons of this sacrifice can attain
    that thy superior gracious frenzy, O Indra,
    which along with thee, O with whom heroes [are], along with providing triple protection fellow-[fighter],
    heroes extol, O having the most power to change one!



vayáṃ te asyā́mindra dyumnáhūtau sákʰāyaḥ syāma mahina préṣṭʰāḥ |
prā́tardaniḥ kṣatraśrī́rastu śréṣṭʰo gʰané vṛtrā́ṇāṃ sanáye dʰánānām || 8||



8.  vayamr1mpn tvamr2msg ayamr3fsl indraNmsv (dyumnanns-hūtinfs)nfsl  
    sakʰinmpn syāmavp·Ai1p«√as mahinajmsv preṣṭʰajmpn |
    prātardaniNmsn (kṣatranns-śrījms)jmsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as śreṣṭʰajmsn  
    gʰananmsl vṛtrannpg saninfsd dʰanannpg 



8.  Would we, O Indra, [being cast] into this power to illuminate by means of an invocation,
    be thy dearest companions, O mighty one!
    May radiating-supremacy Prātardani be most excellent
    in striking obstacles to obtain spoils!






Sūkta 6.27 

kímasya máde kímvasya pītā́víndraḥ kímasya sakʰyé cakāra |
ráṇā vā yé niṣádi kíṃ té asya purā́ vividre kímu nū́tanāsaḥ || 1||



1.  kir3nsa ayamr3msg madanmsl kir3nsa uc ayamr3msg pītinfsl  
    indraNmsn kir3nsa ayamr3msg sakʰyannsl cakāravp·I·3s«√kṛ |
    raṇanmpnc yasr3mpn niṣadnfsl kir3nsa tasr3mpn ayamr3msg  
    purāa vividreva·I·3p«√vid kir3nsa uc nūtanajmpn 



1.  What in its¹ exhilaration, what in its drinking
    what in partnership with it Indra has done?
    Or delights of a sitting --- what those [worshipers] of it
    have discovered as of old, what indeed novices [will discover]?



sádasya máde sádvasya pītā́víndraḥ sádasya sakʰyé cakāra |
ráṇā vā yé niṣádi sátté asya purā́ vividre sádu nū́tanāsaḥ || 2||



2.  satnnsa ayamr3msg madanmsl satnnsa uc ayamr3msg pītinfsl indraNmsn satnnsa ayamr3msg sakʰyannsl cakāravp·I·3s«√kṛ |
    raṇanmpnc yasr3mpn niṣadnfsl satnnsa tasr3mpn ayamr3msg purāa vividreva·I·3p«√vid satnnsa uc nūtanajmpn 



2.  In exhilaration of it [Indra has done] what is real, in drinking of it [Indra has done] what is real,
    in his partnership with it Indra has done what is real.
    Or delights which [are] in a sitting --- those [worshipers] of it
    have discovered as of old what is real, novices [too] [will discover] what is real.



nahí nú te mahimánaḥ samasya ná magʰavanmagʰavattvásya vidmá |
ná rā́dʰasorādʰaso nū́tanasyéndra nákirdadṛśa indriyáṃ te || 3||



3.  nahic nuc tvamr2msg mahimannmsg samajmsg  
    nac magʰavanjmsv magʰavattvannsg vidmavp·I·1p«√vid |
    nac (rādʰasnnsg-rādʰasnnsg)a nūtanajmsg  
    indraNmsv nakisc dadṛśeva·I·3s«√dṛś indriyannsa tvamr2msg 



3.  Since even up to now we have experienced neither generosity,
    O generous one, equal to thy power to increase-in-size,
    nor [matching] every present-day satisfaction of [thy] desire [for Soma],
    nobody has seen thy power over affections, O Indra!



etáttyátta indriyámaceti yénā́vadʰīrvaráśikʰasya śéṣaḥ |
vájrasya yátte níhatasya śúṣmātsvanā́ccidindra paramó dadā́ra || 4||



4.  etadr3nsn tyadr3nsn tvamr2msg indriyannsn acetivp·U·3s«√cit  
    yadr3nsi avadʰīsvp·U·2s«√vadʰ varaśikʰaNmsg śeṣasnnsa |
    vajranmsg yadc tvamr2msg nihatajmsg śuṣmanmsb svananmsb cidc indraNmsv paramajmsn dadāravp·I·3s«√dṝ 



4.  That same thy power over affections², with which
    thou vanquished remnants of Varaśikʰa's [troop], was noticed
    when from the mere roaring sound of thy hurled thunderbolt, O Indra,
    the most prominent [of them] broke [his resolve to fight].



vádʰīdíndro varáśikʰasya śéṣo'bʰyāvartíne cāyamānā́ya śíkṣan |
vṛcī́vato yáddʰariyūpī́yāyāṃ hánpū́rve árdʰe bʰiyásā́paro dárt || 5||



5.  vadʰītvp·UE3s«√vadʰ indraNmsn varaśikʰaNmsg śeṣasnnsa  
    abʰyāvartinNmsd cāyamānaNmsd śikṣanttp·Amsn«√śikṣ |
    vṛcīvatnmpa yadc hariyūpīyājfsl  
    hanvp·UE3s«√han pūrvajmsl ardʰanmsl bʰiyasnmsi aparajmsn dartvp·AE3s«√dṝ 



5.  Being eager to help Abʰyāvartin Cāyamāna,
    Indra vanquished remnants of Varaśikʰa's [troop].
    When at Hariyūpīyā he were to strike Vṛcīvat-s at the front side [of the formation]
    the rear [side] should have broke [formation] out of fear.



triṃśácʰataṃ varmíṇa indra sākáṃ yavyā́vatyāṃ puruhūta śravasyā́ |
vṛcī́vantaḥ śárave pátyamānāḥ pā́trā bʰindānā́ nyartʰā́nyāyan || 6||



6.  triṃśatśatau varminnmpa indraNmsv sākama  
    yavyāvatīNfsl (purua-hūtajms)jmsv śravasyāa |
    vṛcīvatnmpn śarunfsd patyamānata·Ampn«√pat  
    pātrannpa bʰindānajmpn nyartʰannpa āyanvp·Aa3p«√i 



6.  All together, hundred and thirty clad in armour [warriors],
    O Indra, at Yavyāvatī, O much invoked one,
    Vṛcīvat-s, quickly [became] ``fit for an arrow''³,
    breaking defensive formations, they became useless.



yásya gā́vāvaruṣā́ sūyavasyū́ antárū ṣú cárato rérihāṇā |
sá sṛ́ñjayāya turváśaṃ párādādvṛcī́vato daivavātā́ya śíkṣan || 7||



7.  yasr3msg gonmdn aruṣajmdn suyavasyujmdn  
    antara uc sup caratasvp·U·3d«√car rerihāṇajmdn |
    sasr3msn sṛñjayaNmsd turvaśaNmsa parāa adātvp·U·3s«√dā  
    vṛcīvatnmpa daivavātaNmsd śikṣanttp·Amsn«√śikṣ 



7.  Whose two tempered seeking good pasture oxen,
    repeatedly caressing each other, roam inside,
    he, eager to help Daivavāta, has given away
    Turvaśa [and] Vṛcīvat-s to Sṛñjaya.



dvayā́m̐ agne ratʰíno viṃśatíṃ gā́ vadʰū́mato magʰávā máhyaṃ samrā́ṭ |
abʰyāvartī́ cāyamānó dadāti dūṇā́śeyáṃ dákṣiṇā pārtʰavā́nām || 8||



8.  dvayajmpa agniNmsv ratʰinnmpa viṃśatiu gonfpa  
    vadʰūmantjmsg magʰavanjmsn ahamr1msd samrājnmsn |
    abʰyāvartinNmsn cāyamānaNmsn dadātivp·A·3s«√dā  
    dūṇāśājfsn ayamr3fsn dakṣiṇānfsn pārtʰavajmpg 



8.  Fighting in-pairs-from-a-chariot warriors, 
    twenty cows from him who has a young wife,
    the joint ruler, Abʰyāvartin Cāyamāna, gives to me;
    difficult to attain [is] this sacrificial reward of Pārtʰava-s.


1 that is, of Soma
2 in this case, the power over affections of opposing men
3 that is, becoming vulnerable to arrows


Sūkta 6.28 

ā́ gā́vo agmannutá bʰadrámakransī́dantu goṣṭʰé raṇáyantvasmé |
prajā́vatīḥ pururū́pā ihá syuríndrāya pūrvī́ruṣáso dúhānāḥ || 1||



1.  āp gonfpn agmanvp·Aa3p«√gam utac bʰadrajnsa akranvp·Aa3p«√kṛ  
    sīdantuvp·Ao3p«√sad (gonfs-stʰajms)jmsl raṇayantuvpCAo3p«√raṇ vayamr1mpl |
    prajāvatījfpn (purua-rūpājfs)jfpn ihaa syurvp·Ai3p«√as  
    indraNmsd pūrvījfpa uṣasnfpa duhānajfpn 



1.  Cows came and made [this house] prosperous,
    let them settle in the cow-pen, may they be at ease with us.
    Here they, of many shapes, can become pregnant,
    yielding milk for Indra for many dawns.



índro yájvane pṛṇaté ca śikṣatyúpéddadāti ná sváṃ muṣāyati |
bʰū́yobʰūyo rayímídasya vardʰáyannábʰinne kʰilyé ní dadʰāti devayúm || 2||



2.  indraNmsn yajvanjmsd pṛṇattp·Amsd«√pṝ cac śikṣativp·A·3s«√śikṣ  
    upap idc dadātivp·A·3s«√dā nac svajnsa muṣāyativp·A·3s«√muṣāy |
    (bʰūyasjns-bʰūyasjns)a rayinmsa idc ayamr3msg vardʰayanttpCA?pn«√vṛdʰ  
    abʰinnajmsl kʰilyanmsl nip dadʰātivp·A·3s«√dʰā (devanms-yujms)jmsa 



2.  Indra is eager to help to making offerings and sating [him] [man],
    he gives extra, he does not rob what is his.
    Making just his treasure more and more increased,
    he sets up deva-seeking [man] in undivided uncultivated piece of land.



ná tā́ naśanti ná dabʰāti táskaro nā́sāmāmitró vyátʰirā́ dadʰarṣati |
devā́m̐śca yā́bʰiryájate dádāti ca jyógíttā́bʰiḥ sacate gópatiḥ sahá || 3||



3.  nacr3fpn naśantivp·A·3p«√naś nac dabʰātivp·Ae3s«√dabʰ taskaranmsn  
    nac ayamr3fpg āmitrajmsn vyatʰisjmsn āp dadʰarṣativp·A·3s«√dʰṛṣ |
    devanmpa cac yāsr3fpi yajateva·A·3s«√yaj dadātivp·A·3s«√dā cac  
    jyoka idcr3fpi sacateva·A·3s«√sac (gonfs-patinms)nmsn sahap 



3.  They will not get lost so a thief would not deceive¹,
    inimical one will not attack unobserved by them.
    And those [cows] with which he makes fire offerings to deva-s and gives,
    with those he, as master of cows², will associate himself for a long time.



ná tā́ árvā reṇúkakāṭo aśnute ná saṃskṛtatrámúpa yanti tā́ abʰí |
urugāyámábʰayaṃ tásya tā́ ánu gā́vo mártasya ví caranti yájvanaḥ || 4||



4.  nacr3fpa arvannmsn (reṇunms-kakātajms)jmsn aśnutevp·A·3s«√aś  
    nac saṃskṛtatrannsa upap yantivp·A·3p«√ir3fpn abʰip |
    (urua-gāyajms)jmsn abʰayajmsa tasr3nsgr3fpn  
    anup gonfpn martanmsg vip carantivp·A·3p«√car yajvannmsg 



4.  Whirling up dust courser will not gain them,
    they will not approach the place for sacrificing animals [to be sacrificed],
    they seek wide space without fear of that [place].
    Cows of a mortal who is an offerer roam around.



gā́vo bʰágo gā́va índro me acʰāngā́vaḥ sómasya pratʰamásya bʰakṣáḥ |
imā́ yā́ gā́vaḥ sá janāsa índra icʰā́mī́ddʰṛdā́ mánasā cidíndram || 5||



5.  gonfpn bʰaganmsn gonfpn indraNmsn ahamr1msd acʰānvp·U·3s«√cʰad  
    gonfpn somanmsg pratʰamajmsg bʰakṣanmsn |
    ayamr3fpa yāsr3fpn gonfpn sasr3msn jananmpv indraNmsn  
    icʰāmivp·A·1s«√iṣ idc hṛdnnsi manasnnsi cidc indraNmsa 



5.  Fortune [appears to me] as cows, Indra appears to me as cows³;
    cows is what partakes of the primary Soma;
    [as] these which [are] cows⁴, he, O people, Indra [appears to me];
    with my heart and mind I only seek Indra.



yūyáṃ gāvo medayatʰā kṛśáṃ cidaśrīráṃ citkṛṇutʰā suprátīkam |
bʰadráṃ gṛháṃ kṛṇutʰa bʰadravāco bṛhádvo váya ucyate sabʰā́su || 6||



6.  tvamr2mpn gonfpv medayatʰavpCA·2p«√med kṛśajmsa cidc  
    aśrīrajmsa cidc kṛnutʰavp·A·2p«√kṛ supratīkajmsa |
    bʰadrajmsa gṛhanmsa kṛṇutʰavp·A·2p«√kṛ (bʰadrajms-vācnfs)jfpv  
    bṛhatjnsn tvamr2mpg vayasnnsn ucyatevp·A·3s«√vac sabʰānfpl 



6.  Ye, cows, make even thin [man] to grow fat,
    even haggard one to have pleasant appearance.
    Ye⁵ make a house blessed, O making speech auspicious ones!
    The mental and/or bodily energy [you give] in assemblies is said to be vast.
------



prajā́vatīḥ sūyávasaṃ riśántīḥ śuddʰā́ apáḥ suprapāṇé píbantīḥ |
mā́ va stená īśata mā́gʰáśaṃsaḥ pári vo hetī́ rudrásya vṛjyāḥ || 7||



7.  prajāvatījfpn suyavasannsa riśantījfpn  
    śuddʰajfpa apnfpa suprapānannsl pibantītp·Afpn«√pā |
    māc tvamr2mpg stenanmsn īśatavp·AE3s«√īśc (agʰanns-śaṃsanms)jmsa  
    parip tvamr2mpa hetinfsn rudraNmsg vṛjyāsvp·AI3s«√vṛj 



7.  Pregnant, plucking good grass, 
    drinking at a good drinking-place clean water ---
    may not a thief, may not malevolent one possess you⁶!
    Let Rudra's missile miss you!



úpedámupapárcanamāsú góṣū́pa pṛcyatām |
úpa ṛṣabʰásya rétasyúpendra táva vīryè || 8||



8.  upap ayamr3nsa upaparcanannsa  
    ayamr3fpl gonfpl upap pṛcyatāmvp·Ao3s«√pṛc |
    upap ṛṣabʰanmsg retasnnsl  
    upap indraNmsv tvamr2msg vīryannsl 



8.  At the time of this coition, 
    may it⁷ be mingled into these cows
    in addition to the sperm of impregnating bull
    and thy valor, O Indra!


1 by claiming they were free-ranging
2 ``evocative expressions''
3 ``evocative expressions''
4 ``evocative expressions''
5 ``evocative expressions''
6 cows
7 the spell of verses 7 and 8


Sūkta 6.29 

índraṃ vo náraḥ sakʰyā́ya sepurmahó yántaḥ sumatáye cakānā́ḥ |
mahó hí dātā́ vájrahasto ásti mahā́mu raṇvámávase yajadʰvam || 1||



1.  indraNmsa tvamr2mpg nṛnmpn sakʰyannsd sepurvp·I·3p«√sap  
    mahasa yanttp·Ampn«√i sumatinfsd cakānata·Ampn«√kan |
    mahjmsg hic dātṛnmsn (vajranms-hastanms)jmsn astivp·A·3s«√as  
    mahāntjmsa uc raṇvajmsa avasnnsd yajadʰvamva·Ao2p«√yaj 



1.  Your men have sought after Indra for the sake of companionship [with him];
    striving after an effective mental gesture [they are] moving swiftly.
    Since he who has thunderbolt in [his] hands is a giver of vast [treasure],
    do make fire offerings to the mighty delightful one for the sake of [his] help.



ā́ yásminháste náryā mimikṣúrā́ rátʰe hiraṇyáye ratʰeṣṭʰā́ḥ |
ā́ raśmáyo gábʰastyo stʰūráyorā́dʰvannáśvāso vṛ́ṣaṇo yujānā́ḥ || 2||



2.  āp yasr3msl hastanmsl naryajmpn mimikṣurvp·I·3p«√myakṣ  
    āp ratʰanmsl hiraṇyayajmsl (ratʰanmsl-stʰājms)jmsn |
    āp raśminmpn gabʰastinmdl stʰūrajmdl  
    āp adʰvannmsl aśvanmpn vṛṣannmsg yujānata·Ampn«√yuj 



2.  In which hand manly [powers] have been firmly fixed,
    [that] stading-on-a-chariot warrior is on enchanting chariot.
    In [which] strong arms [are] the reins,
    the horses of [that] bull are entrusted with the road.



śriyé te pā́dā dúva ā́ mimikṣurdʰṛṣṇúrvajrī́ śávasā dákṣiṇāvān |
vásāno átkaṃ surabʰíṃ dṛśé káṃ svàrṇá nṛtaviṣiró babʰūtʰa || 3||



3.  śrīnfsd tvamr2msg pādanmdljmpn āp mimikṣurvp·I·3p«√myakṣ  
    dʰṛṣṇujmsn vajrinnmsn śavasnnsi dakṣiṇāvantjmsn |
    vasānāta·Amsn«√vas atkanmsa surabʰijmsa dṛśev···D··«√dṛś  
    kamc svarnnsn nac nṛtujmsv iṣirajmsn babʰūtʰavp·I·2s«√bʰū 



3.  For auspiciousness they, who are ready for action, are at thy feet.
    The daring thunderbolt-wielder abounds in sacrificial rewards through [his] power to change.
    Wearing enfolding armour in order to be perceived ---
    thou, instigating, became as sva`r, O dancer!



sá sóma ā́miślatamaḥ sutó bʰūdyásminpaktíḥ pacyáte sánti dʰānā́ḥ |
índraṃ nára stuvánto brahmakārā́ uktʰā́ śáṃsanto devávātatamāḥ || 4||



4.  sasr3msn somanmsn āmiślatamajmsn sutajmsn bʰūtvp·UE2s«√bʰū  
    yasr3msl paktinfsn pacyatevp·A·3s«√pac santivp·A·3p«√as dʰānānfpn |
    indraNmsa nṛnmpn stuvanttp·Ampn«√stu (brahmannns-kārajms)jmpn  
    uktʰannpa śaṃsanttp·Ampn«√śaṃs devātatamajmpn 



4.  That Soma, most mixed one, shall become extracted
    in whom the ripening matures [in whom] there are [parched] grains.
    Extolling Indra men, implementing a formulation,
    reciting verses, [are] most desired by deva-s.



ná te ántaḥ śávaso dʰāyyasyá ví tú bābadʰe ródasī mahitvā́ |
ā́ tā́ sūríḥ pṛṇati tū́tujāno yūtʰévāpsú samī́jamāna ūtī́ || 5||



5.  nac tvamr2msd antanmsn śavasnnsg dʰāyivp·U·3s«√dʰā ayamr3msg  
    vip tuc bābadʰevaIA·1s«√bādʰ rodasnnda mahitvātp·A???«√mah |
    āp tadr3npa sūrinmsn pṛnativp·A·3s«√pṝ tūtujānajmsn  
    yūtʰannpa ivac apnfpl samījamānajmsn ūtinfpi 



5.  For thee¹ no limit to his power-to-change is set,
    asunder (pray!) he, exalting, drives two Rodas-es.
    Institutor of the sacrifice who keeps urging [thee] fills up those [troops]
    using [his] means of helping [it], driving [them] together like herds into waters.



evédíndraḥ suháva ṛṣvó astūtī́ ánūtī hiriśipráḥ sátvā |
evā́ hí jātó ásamātyojāḥ purū́ ca vṛtrā́ hanati ní dásyūn || 6||



6.  evac idc indraNmsn suhavajmsn ṛṣvajmsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as  
    ūtinfpi anūtinfpi (hirijms-śipranns)jmsn satvannmsn |
    evac hic jātanmsn (asamātijns-ojasnns)jmsn  
    purua cac vṛtrannpa hanativp·A·3s«√han nip (dasnfs-yujms)nmpa 



6.  May only Indra be easy to summon, be helping in dire straights
    together with [his] needing-no-help means of helping --- [he,] a fighter with golden lips.
    Since only [he was] born having unparalleled vigour,
    he assails many obstacles and impulses to suffer want.


1 an adept of Indra-craft


Sūkta 6.30 

bʰū́ya ídvāvṛdʰe vīryā̀yam̐ éko ajuryó dayate vásūni |
prá ririce divá índraḥ pṛtʰivyā́ ardʰámídasya práti ródasī ubʰé || 1||



1.  bʰūyasa idc vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ vīryannsd ekajmsn  
    ajuryajmsn dayateva·A·3s«√day vasunnpa |
    prap ririceva·I·3s«√ric dyunmsb indraNmsn pṛtʰivīnfsb  
    ardʰannsn idc ayamr3msg pratip rodasnnda ubʰajnda 



1.  He strengthened himself even more for a deed of valor,
    he alone who is not subject to old age allots benefits.
    Indra has surpassed the Heaven [and] the Earth,
    both Rodas-es [are] just half of him in comparison.



ádʰā manye bṛhádasuryàmasya yā́ni dādʰā́ra nákirā́ mināti |
divédive sū́ryo darśató bʰūdví sádmānyurviyā́ sukráturdʰāt || 2||



2.  adʰac manyevp·A·1s«√man bṛhatjnsa asuryannsa ayamr3msg  
    yadr3npa dādʰāravp·I·3s«√dʰṛ nakisc āp minātivp·A·3s«√mī |
    (divanmsl-divanmsl)a sūryanmsn darśatajmsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    vip sadmannnpa urviyāa sukratujmsn dʰātvp·UE3s«√dʰā 



2.  Therefore I imagine his extended guidance ---
    what he supports, none curtails.
    
ki Every day the sun¹ shall be perceived,
    a skillful [adept] shall spread the seats [of Soma] far off [from each other].



adyā́ cinnū́ cittádápo nadī́nāṃ yádābʰyo árado gātúmindra |
ní párvatā admasádo ná sedustváyā dṛḷhā́ni sukrato rájāṃsi || 3||



3.  adyaa cidc nuc cidc tadr3nsn apasnnsn nadīnfpg  
    yadr3nsn ayamr3fpd aradasvp·Aa2s«√rad gātunmsa indraNmsv |
    nip parvatanmpn (admannns-sadjms)jmpn nac sedurvp·I·3p«√sad  
    tvamr2msi dṛḷhannpn sukratujmsv rajasnnpn 



3.  Since thou, Indra, dug out an unimpeded pathway for them,
    today and forthwith this work [is to be done by] flowing waters.
    Knotty ones settled down as if seated at a meal,
    by thee, O having good designs one, strongholds [were turned into] vapors.



satyámíttánná tvā́vām̐ anyó astī́ndra devó ná mártyo jyā́yān |
áhannáhiṃ pariśáyānamárṇó'vāsṛjo apó ácʰā samudrám || 4||



4.  satyama idc tadr3nsn nac tvāvantjmsn anyajmsn astivp·A·3s«√as  
    indraNmsv devanmsn nac martyajmsn jyāyasjmsn |
    ahanvp·Aa2s«√han ahinmsa pariśayānajmsa arṇasnnsa  
    avap asṛjasvp·Aa3s«√sṛj apnfpa acʰāp samudranmsa 



4.  That is really true, that there is no other deva like thee,
    O Indra, nor a mortal superior [to thee].
    Thou slayed the snake lying around the flooding waters,²
    thou send the water off towards the sea.



tvámapó ví dúro víṣūcīríndra dṛḷhámarujaḥ párvatasya |
rā́jābʰavo jágataścarṣaṇīnā́ṃ sākáṃ sū́ryaṃ janáyandyā́muṣā́sam || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn apnfpa vip durnfpa viṣūcījfpa  
    indraNmsv dṛḷhannsa arujasvp·Aa2s«√ruj parvatanmsg |
    rājannmsn abʰavasvp·Aa2s«√bʰū jagatnnsg carṣanijfpg  
    sākama janayanttp·Amsn«√jan dyunmsa uṣasnfsa 



5.  Thou [let] the waters [flow] through opening-to-all-directions doors,
    thou shattered the stronghold of the knotty one³.
    Thou, simultaneously engendering the Sun, the glow, [and] the Dawn,
    became a chieftain of those of a living being that draw to themselves⁴.


1 full-of-heat maṇipūra cakra
2 the line is the same as 4.19.2c
3 physical body
4 the senses


Sūkta 6.31 

ábʰūréko rayipate rayīṇā́mā́ hástayoradʰitʰā indra kṛṣṭī́ḥ |
ví toké apsú tánaye ca sū́ré'vocanta carṣaṇáyo vívācaḥ || 1||



1.  abʰūsvp·U·2s«√bʰū ekajmsn (rayinms-patinms)nmsv rayinmpg  
    āp hastanmdl adʰitʰāsva·U·2s«√dʰā indraNmsv kṛṣṭinfpa |
    vip tokannsl apnfpl tanayajnsl cac sūranmsl  
    avocantava·U·3p«√vac carṣaṇinfpn vivācjfpn 



1.  Thou, O overseer of the treasure, has become preeminent overseer of treasures,
    thou, O Indra, has put the tribes into [thy] two hands.
    Those that draw to themselves, disagreeing [with each other in general], 
    have been speaking differently in matters of propagating family children, of [inner] waters, of that which vivifies.



tvádbʰiyéndra pā́rtʰivāni víśvā́cyutā ciccyāvayante rájāṃsi |
dyā́vākṣā́mā párvatāso vánāni víśvaṃ dṛḷháṃ bʰayate ájmannā́ te || 2||



2.  tvamr2msb bʰīnfsi indraNmsv pārtʰivajnpn viśvajnpn  
    acyutajnpn cidc cyavayantevaCA·3p«√cyu rajasnnpn |
    (dyunmd-kṣāmanfd)nmdn parvatanmpn vanannpn  
    viśvajnsn dṛḷhannsn bʰayateva·A·3s«√bʰī ajmannnsl āp tvamr2msg 



2.  Through fear of thee, O Indra, all earthly regions,
    even unshakable ones, make themselves agitated.
    Heaven and Earth, knotty ones, the desires --- 
    every stronghold is afraid at his passage.



tváṃ kútsenābʰí śúṣṇamindrāśúṣaṃ yudʰya kúyavaṃ gáviṣṭau |
dáśa prapitvé ádʰa sū́ryasya muṣāyáścakrámávive rápāṃsi || 3||



3.  tvamr2msn kutsaNmsg abʰip śuṣṇaNmsa indraNmsv  
    aśuṣajmsa yudʰyavp·Ao2s«√yudʰ kuyavajmsa (gonfs-iṣṭinfs)nmsl |
    daśau prapitvannsl adʰac sūryanmsg  
    muṣāyasvp·AE2s«√muṣāy cakrannsa avivesvp·Aa2s«√viṣ rapasnnpa 



3.  During a foray for cows, do fight together with Kutsa, O Indra,
    against unabating Śuṣṇa, [who is] causing lack of barley.
    Then at the start of the day thou shall steal ten [horses¹] [and] the wheel² of the Sun ---
    [since in the past] thou took care of deceases [this way].



tváṃ śatā́nyáva śámbarasya púro jagʰantʰāpratī́ni dásyoḥ |
áśikṣo yátra śácyā śacīvo dívodāsāya sunvaté sutakre bʰarádvājāya gṛṇaté vásūni || 4||



4.  tvamr2msn śatau avap śambaraNmsg  
    purnfpa jagʰantʰavp·I·2s«√han apratijnpa (dasnfs-yujms)nmsg |
    aśikṣasvp·Aa2s«√śikṣ yatrac śacīnfsi śacīvatjmsv  
    (dyunmsg-dāsanms)Nmsd sunvanttp·Amsd«√su (sutanms-krijms)jmsv  
    bʰaradvājaNmsd gṛṇanttp·Amsd«√gṝ vasunnpa 



4.  Thou have [desolated³] strongholds of Śambara,
    removed hundreds unopposed [vṛtra-s] of the impulse to suffer want,
    wherever thou were eager to help with [thy] enabling power, O accompanied by enabling powers one,
    to pressing [Soma] Divodāsa, O being bought⁴ with pressed out [Soma] one,
    [or] to extolling [thy] benefits Bʰaradvāja.



sá satyasatvanmahaté ráṇāya rátʰamā́ tiṣṭʰa tuvinṛmṇa bʰīmám |
yāhí prapatʰinnávasópa madríkprá ca śruta śrāvaya carṣaṇíbʰyaḥ || 5||



5.  sasr3msn (satyajms-satvannms)jmsv mahatjmsd raṇannsd  
    ratʰanmsa āp tiṣṭʰavp·Ao2s«√stʰā (tuvia-nṛmṇanns)jmsv bʰīmajmsa |
    yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā prapatʰinjmsv avasnnsi upap madrika  
    prap cac śrutajmsv śrāvayavpCAo2s«√śru carṣaṇinfpb 



5.  Being such, O true fighter, for a great battle
    do mount [this] fearsome chariot, O having much courage one,
    journey towards me with [thy] assistance, O having a path forward,
    and make [me] to attend to those that draw to themselves⁵! O being listened to!


1 flows through the ten petals of maṇipūra cakra
2 central part of maṇipūra cakra
3 on the basis of 4.26.3ab
4 following p.816 J&B2014
5 senses


Sūkta 6.32 

ápūrvyā purutámānyasmai mahé vīrā́ya taváse turā́ya |
virapśíne vajríṇe śáṃtamāni vácāṃsyāsā́ stʰávirāya takṣam || 1||



1.  apūrvyajnpa purutamajnpa ayamr3msd  
    mahjmsd vīranmsd tavasnmsd turajmsd |
    virapśinjmsd vajrinnmsd śaṃtamajnpa  
    vacasnnpa āsāa stʰavirajmsd atakṣamvp·Aa1s«√takṣ |



1.  I personally fashioned original¹
    best-among-many most auspicious utterances
    to this mighty hero, strong [and] quick [and] enduring,
    to the exuberant thunderbolt-wielder.
------



sá mātárā sū́ryeṇā kavīnā́mávāsayadrujádádriṃ gṛṇānáḥ |
svādʰī́bʰirṛ́kvabʰirvāvaśāná údusríyāṇāmasṛjannidā́nam || 2||



2.  sasr3msn mātṛnfda sūryanmsi kavinmpg  
    avāsayatvpCAa3s«√vas rujattp·Ams?«√ruj adrinmsa gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ |
    svādʰījmpi ṛkvanjmpi vāvaśānataIAfpn«√vaś  
    udc usriyājfpg asṛjatvp·Aa3s«√sṛj nidānannsa 



2.  Being such, using the sun² he made the two mothers³ of poets shine;
    being extolled, he shattered the rock.
    Together with [them], possessing of good insight, reciting verses,
    he, eagerly desiring [it], laid aside the tether of appearing at dawn [waters].



sá váhnibʰirṛ́kvabʰirgóṣu śáśvanmitájñubʰiḥ purukṛ́tvā jigāya |
púraḥ purohā́ sákʰibʰiḥ sakʰīyándṛḷhā́ ruroja kavíbʰiḥ kavíḥ sán || 3||



3.  sasr3msn vahninmpi ṛkvanjmpi gonmpl śaśvata  
    (mitajms-jānunms)jmpi (purua-kṛtvanjms)jmsn jigāyavp·I·3s«√ji |
    purnfpa (purnfpa-hanjms)jmsn sakʰinmpi sakʰiyanttp·Amsn«√sakʰīy  
    dṛḷhajfpa rurojavp·I·3s«√ruj kavinmpi kavinmsn santtp·Amsn«√as 



3.  Being such, he, accomplishing much, has time and again won [clashes] [even] when midst cows, 
    together reciting verses [but] having firm knees carriers.
    Destroyer of strongholds, he, making himself a companion, 
    together with companions, has broken open firm strongholds; with poets he is a poet.



sá nīvyā̀bʰirjaritā́ramácʰā mahó vā́jebʰirmahádbʰiśca śúṣmaiḥ |
puruvī́rābʰirvṛṣabʰa kṣitīnā́mā́ girvaṇaḥ suvitā́ya prá yāhi || 4||



4.  sasr3msn nīvyājfpi jaritṛnmsa acʰap  
    mahasa vājanmpi mahatjmpi cac śuṣmajmpi |
    (purua-vīranms)jfpi (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv kṣitinfpg  
    āp girvaṇasjmsv suvitannsd prap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā 



4.  Being such, set forth towards the invoker with skirts(?), quickly,
    with abundant and full-of-sexual-energy rushes of vigour!
    [Come] here, O resembling the bull of clans one,
    for an easy passage with those who [brought] many heroes, O longing for a song!



sá sárgeṇa śávasā taktó átyairapá índro dakṣiṇatásturāṣā́ṭ |
ittʰā́ sṛjānā́ ánapāvṛdártʰaṃ divédive viviṣurapramṛṣyám || 5||



5.  sasr3msn sarganmsi śavasnnsi taktajmsn atyanmpi  
    apnfpa indraNmsn dakṣiṇatasa turāṣāhjmsn |
    ittʰāc sṛjānajfpn anapavṛta artʰanmsa  
    (divanmsl-divanmsl)a viviṣurvp·I·3p«√viṣ apramṛṣyajmsa 



5.  Being such, by letting go, using the power to change [the course of the waters], rushing along with rapid [heart beats]⁴,
    Indra, prevailing quickly, [let] waters [go] on the right side⁵.
    Being emitted in this way, day-after-day, unremittingly,
    they took care of not-to-be-neglected concern.


1 lit. ``having nothing preceding it''
2 = intense energy in maṇipūra cakra
3 prob. iḷā and piṅgala
4 lit. ``with steeds''
5 the perceived right side of the head is what supports self-directed activities


Sūkta 6.33 

yá ójiṣṭʰa indra táṃ sú no dā mádo vṛṣansvabʰiṣṭírdā́svān |
saúvaśvyaṃ yó vanávatsváśvo vṛtrā́ samátsu sāsáhadamítrān || 1||



1.  yasr3msn ojiṣṭʰajmsn indraNmsv tasr3msa sup vayamr1mpd dāsvp·AE2s«√dā  
    madajmsn vṛṣannmsv svabʰiṣṭijmsn dāsvantjmsn |
    sauvaśvyannsa yasr3msn vanavatvp·Ae3s«√van svaśvajmsn  
    vṛtrannpa samadnfpl sāsahatvp·Ae3s«√sah amitrajmpa 



1.  Who is the most fierce, O Indra, him thou shall rightly give to us,
    [thou,] O bull, [being] exhilarating helpful disposed to give,
    [him] who, having an excellent horse, would place [the prize in] a horserace within [his] reach,
    [him] who, having an excellent horse, would win a horse-race,
    [who] in clashes would overcome obstacles [and] hostiles.



tvā́ṃ hī̀ndrā́vase vívāco hávante carṣaṇáyaḥ śū́rasātau |
tváṃ víprebʰirví paṇī́m̐raśāyastvóta ítsánitā vā́jamárvā || 2||



2.  tvamr2msa hic indraNmsv avasnnsd vivācjfpn havanteva·A·3p«√hū  
    carṣaninfpn (śūranms-sātinfs)jfsl |
    tvamr2msn viprajmpi vip paṇinmpa aśāyasvp·AE2s«√aśāy  
    (tvamr2msi-ūtajms)jmsn idc sanitṛnmsn vājanmsa arvannmsn 



2.  Since those that draw to themselves¹, disagreeing [with each other in general], 
    call upon thee, O Indra, to help in gaining an agent of change,
    thou, together with those inspired [by thee], shall forego niggards;
    only helped-by-thee steed [is] obtaining the rush of vigour.



tváṃ tā́m̐ indrobʰáyām̐ amítrāndā́sā vṛtrā́ṇyā́ryā ca śūra |
vádʰīrváneva súdʰitebʰirátkairā́ pṛtsú darṣi nṛṇā́ṃ nṛtama || 3||



3.  tvamr2msn tasr3mpa indraNmsv ubʰayajmpa amitrajmpa  
    dāsajnpa vṛtrannpa āryajnpa cac śūranmsv |
    vadʰīsvp·UE2s«√vadʰ vanannpa ivac sudʰitajmpi atkanmpi  
    āp pṛtnfpl darṣivp·A·2s«√dṝ nṛnmpg nṛtamajmsv 



3.  Thou, O Indra, [will overcome] hostiles of both types,
    the obstacles --- of savages and those of a conducting upwards one ---
    thou, O agent of change, should have vanquished [them] like [thou did] desires;
    with well placed armour, thou will disperse [them] in battles, O most manly of men!



sá tváṃ na indrā́kavābʰirūtī́ sákʰā viśvā́yuravitā́ vṛdʰé bʰūḥ |
svàrṣātā yáddʰváyāmasi tvā yúdʰyanto nemádʰitā pṛtsú śūra || 4||



4.  sasr3msn tvamr2msn vayamr1mpa indraNmsv akavājfpi ūtinfpi  
    sakʰinmsv (viśvajns-āyusnns)nnsn avitṛjmsn vṛdʰev···D··«√vṛdʰ bʰūsvp·AE2s«√bʰū |
    (svarnns-sātinfs)jfsl yadc hvayāmasivp·A·1p«√hve tvamr2msa  
    yudʰyanttp·Ampn«√yudʰ nemadʰitānfsl pṛtnfpl śūranmsv 



4.  Such thou, O Indra, with not stingy means of helping, 
    O like-minded one, the all-pervading life-force, shall become favouring us to be stronger
    in gaining sva`r, when in battles, we, fighting separated [from our comrades],
    call upon thee, O agent of change!



nūnáṃ na indrāparā́ya ca syā bʰávā mṛḷīká utá no abʰíṣṭau |
ittʰā́ gṛṇánto mahínasya śármandiví ṣyāma pā́rye goṣátamāḥ || 5||



5.  nūnama vayamr1mpd indraNmsv aparajmsd cac syāsvp·Ai2s«√as  
    bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū mṛḷīkajmsn utac vayamr1mpa abʰiṣṭinfsl |
    ittʰāc gṛṇanttp·Ampn«√gṝ mahinajmsg śarmannnsl  
    dyunmsl syāmavp·Ai1p«√as pāryajmsl goṣatamajmpn 



5.  Thou can be [such] at present for us and for youngest [generation].
    Become compassionate as well in assisting us!
    Extolling [him²] thus, under the protection of the mighty one³,
    on a decisive day we can be best at gaining cows.


1 here = ordinary men, not-adepts of Indra
2 adept of Indra
3 Indra


Sūkta 6.34 

sáṃ ca tvé jagmúrgíra indra pūrvī́rví ca tvádyanti vibʰvò manīṣā́ḥ |
purā́ nūnáṃ ca stutáya ṛ́ṣīṇāṃ paspṛdʰrá índre ádʰyuktʰārkā́ || 1||



1.  samp cac tvamr2msl jagmurvp·I·3p«√gam girnfpn indraNmsv pūrvījfpn  
    vip cac tvamr2msb yantivp·A·3p«√i vibʰujmsb manīṣānfpn |
    purāa nūnama cac stutinfpn ṛṣinmpg  
    paspṛdʰreva·I·3p«√spardʰ indraNmsl adʰip (uktʰanns-arkanms)nnpn 



1.  In thee, O Indra, many songs come together,
    from thee, all-pervading one, right conceptions go in different directions.
    As of old and nowadays praises of seers, verses, and hymns of illumination
    have contended over Indra.



puruhūtó yáḥ purugūrtá ṛ́bʰvām̐ ékaḥ purupraśastó ásti yajñaíḥ |
rátʰo ná mahé śávase yujānò'smā́bʰiríndro anumā́dyo bʰūt || 2||



2.  (purua-hūtajms)jmsn yasr3msn (purua-gūrtajms)jmsn ṛbʰvanjmsn  
    ekajmsn (purua-praśastajms)jmsn astivp·A·3s«√as yajñanmpi |
    ratʰanmsn nac mahjnsd śavasnnsd yujānata·Amsn«√yuj  
    vayamr1mpi indraNmsn anumādyajmsn bʰūtvp·AE3s«√bʰū 



2.  Who is much invoked, very-welcomed, prudent,
    [who] alone is much commended with fire offerings ---
    harnessed --- like a chariot --- for the great power to change [the course of battle],
    Indra shall be praised by us again and again.



ná yáṃ híṃsanti dʰītáyo ná vā́ṇīríndraṃ nákṣantī́dabʰí vardʰáyantīḥ |
yádi stotā́raḥ śatáṃ yátsahásraṃ gṛṇánti gírvaṇasaṃ śáṃ tádasmai || 3||



3.  nac yasr3msa hiṃsantivp·A·3p«√hiṃs dʰītinfpn nac vāṇīnfpn  
    indraNmsa nakṣantivp·A·3p«√nakṣ idc abʰip vardʰayantītp·Afpn«√vṛdʰ |
    yadic stotṛnmpn śatau yadc sahasrau gṛṇantivp·A·3p«√gṝ girvaṇasjmsa śama tadr3nsn ayamr3msd 



3.  Whom neither visualizations with their effects, nor melodies harm ---
    they just approach [him,] Indra, making [him] stronger.
    In case when praisers extol in a hundred [verses], when in a thousand [verses]
    longing for a chant one --- that is fortunate for him.



ásmā etáddivyàrcéva māsā́ mimikṣá índre nyàyāmi sómaḥ |
jánaṃ ná dʰánvannabʰí sáṃ yádā́paḥ satrā́ vāvṛdʰurhávanāni yajñaíḥ || 4||



4.  ayamr3msd etadr3nsn dyunmsl arcjmdn ivac māsanmdn  
    mimikṣajmsn indraNmsl nip ayāmivp·U·3s«√yam somanmsn |
    jananmsa nac dʰanvannnsl abʰip samp yadc apnfpn  
    satrāa vavṛdʰurvp·I·3p«√vṛdʰ havanannpa yajñanmpi 



4.  This for him [is like] two moons shining in the sky ---
    mixed Soma has been offered to Indra
    as if when in a desert waters con[verge]¹ onto a person;
    the chants together with fire offerings have strengthened the summons.



ásmā etánmáhyāṅgūṣámasmā índrāya stotráṃ matíbʰiravāci |
ásadyátʰā mahatí vṛtratū́rya índro viśvā́yuravitā́ vṛdʰáśca || 5||



5.  ayamr3msd etadr3nsn mahijnsn āṅgūṣannsn ayamr3msd  
    indraNmsd stotrannsn matinfpi avācivp·U·3s«√vac |
    asatvp·AE3s«√as yatʰāc mahatjmsl (vṛtranns-tūryajms)nmsl  
    indraNmsn (viśvajns-āyusnns)nnsn avitṛnmsn vṛdʰajmsn cac 



5.  For him this mighty loud hymn, for him,
    for Indra, the praise is uttered together with mental gestures.
    This way, during violent hastening past obstacles²,
    Indra shall be the all-pervading life-force and a strengthening helper.


1 flow inside as well as onto the skin
2 vṛtra-s


Sūkta 6.35 

kadā́ bʰuvanrátʰakṣayāṇi bráhma kadā́ stotré sahasrapoṣyàṃ dāḥ |
kadā́ stómaṃ vāsayo'sya rāyā́ kadā́ dʰíyaḥ karasi vā́jaratnāḥ || 1||



1.  kadāc bʰuvanvp·AE3p«√bʰū (ratʰanms-kṣayanms)jnpn brahmannnsn  
    kadāc stotṛnmsd sahasrapoṣyajmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā |
    kadāc stomannsa vāsayasvpCAE2s«√vas ayamr3msg rainmsi  
    kadāc dʰīnfpa karasivp·A·2s«√kṛ (vājanms-ratnanns)jfpa 



1.  When will those [utterances] that reside in a chariot¹ become a formulation?
    When will thou give to [this] praiser that which is to become thousandfold as abundant?
    When will thou make a hymn of praise clothed with the treasure of this one?
    When will thou make visualizations rich with rushes of vigour?



kárhi svittádindra yánnṛ́bʰirnṝ́nvīraírvīrā́nnīḷáyāse jáyājī́n |
tridʰā́tu gā́ ádʰi jayāsi góṣvíndra dyumnáṃ svarvaddʰehyasmé || 2||



2.  karhia svidc tadr3nsn indraNmsv yadr3nsn nṛnmpi nṛnmpa  
    vīranmpi vīranmpa nīḷayāseva·Ae2s«√nīḷay jayavp·Ao2s«√ji ājinmpa |
    (triu-dʰātunns)jnsa gonfpa adʰip jayāsiva·Ae2s«√ji gonfpl  
    indraNmsv dyumnannsa svarvatjnsa dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā vayamr1mpl 



2.  Just when will it [be], O Indra, that thou would bring together into a ring
    men with men, heroes with heroes? Win fighting matches!
    Since in addition to cows² thou win consisting of three components [honey³] [placed] midst cows⁴,
    O Indra, place into us possessing of sva`r power to illuminate!⁵



kárhi svittádindra yájjaritré viśvápsu bráhma kṛṇávaḥ śaviṣṭʰa |
kadā́ dʰíyo ná niyúto yuvāse kadā́ gómagʰā hávanāni gacʰāḥ || 3||



3.  karhia svidc tadr3nsn indraNmsv yadr3nsn jaritṛnmsd  
    viśvapsujnsa brahmannnsa kṛṇavasvp·Ae2s«√kṛ śaviṣṭʰajmsv |
    kadāc dʰīnfpa nac niyutnfpa yuvāseva·Ae2s«√yu  
    kadāc gomagʰajnpa havanannpa gacʰāsvp·Ae2s«√gam 



3.  Just when will it [be] that for the sake of [this] invoker
    thou will create apparent-to-all formulation, O having the most power to change!
    When will thou bind series of words as if [they were] visions?
    When will thou go towards generous-with-cows⁶ summons?
------



sá gómagʰā jaritré áśvaścandrā vā́jaśravaso ádʰi dʰehi pṛ́kṣaḥ |
pīpihī́ṣaḥ sudúgʰāmindra dʰenúṃ bʰarádvājeṣu surúco rurucyāḥ || 4||



4.  sasr3msn gomagʰājfpa jaritṛnmsd (aśvanms-candranms)jfpa  
    (vājanms-śravasnns)jfpa adʰip dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā pṛkṣnfpa |
    pīpihivp·Ao2s«√pī iṣnfpa sudugʰājfsa indraNmsv dʰenunfsa  
    bʰaradvājaNmpl surucjfpa rurucyāsvp·Ii2s«√ruc 



4.  Being such, share with the invoker nourishments [that are] generous-with-cows⁷, having-best-horses⁸,
    [that are] having the famed rush of vigour!
    O Indra, make libations swell [like] yielding-much milch-cow!
    Thou could have made [them], shining brightly, shine in Bʰaradvāja-s⁹.



támā́ nūnáṃ vṛjánamanyátʰā cicʰū́ro yácʰakra ví dúro gṛṇīṣé |
mā́ níraraṃ śukradúgʰasya dʰenórāṅgirasā́nbráhmaṇā vipra jinva || 5||



5.  tasr3msa āp nūnama vṛjanannsa anyatʰāa cidc  
    śūranmsn yadc śakrajmsv vip durnfpa gṛṇīṣeva·A·1s«√gṝ |
    māc nisp aramvp·AE1s«√ṛ (śukrajmsg-dugʰajms)jmsg dʰenunfsg  
    āṅgirasanmpa brahmannnsi viprajmsv jinvavp·Ao2s«√jinv 



5.  At present, I (an agent of change if, O empowering one, [the waters will flow] through ``the doors'')
    extol him, [and] also, in a different manner, [this] enclosure!
    May I not be deprived of yielding translucent [juice] cow¹⁰!
    O inwardly excited one, impel by means of a formulation those related to aṅgiras [horses¹¹]!


1 possessed by Indra body
2 evocative expressions
3 madʰu on the basis of 9.70.8c, that is, Soma
4 evocative expressions
5 this line is the same as 6.19.9d
6 evocative expressions
7 evocative expressions
8 rhythms
9 the drink of Soma is translucent, appears shining under the light, but after being consumed in the state of Indra, it causes a change in visual perception so that things appear as if shining or even having a halo around contours
10 Soma plant
11 here prob. = ``pulses of blood''


Sūkta 6.36 

satrā́ mádāsastáva viśvájanyāḥ satrā́ rā́yó'dʰa yé pā́rtʰivāsaḥ |
satrā́ vā́jānāmabʰavo vibʰaktā́ yáddevéṣu dʰāráyatʰā asuryàm || 1||



1.  satrāa madanmpn tvamr2msg (viśvajms-janyajms)jmpn  
    satrāa rainmpn adʰac yasr3mpn pārtʰivajmpn |
    satrāa vājanmpg abʰavasvp·Aa2s«√bʰū vibʰaktṛnmsn  
    yadc devanmpl dʰārayatʰāsvaCAE2s«√dʰṛ asuryannsa 



1.  Thy exhilarations [are] always for everybody,
    therefore rewards that are earthly [are] always [such].
    If midst deva-s thou were to maintain [thy] guidance,
    thou always became distributor of rushes of vigour.



ánu prá yeje jána ójo asya satrā́ dadʰire ánu vīryā̀ya |
syūmagṛ́bʰe dúdʰayé'rvate ca krátuṃ vṛñjantyápi vṛtrahátye || 2||



2.  anup prap yejeva·I·3s«√yaj jananmsn ojasnnsa ayamr3msg  
    satrāa dadʰireva·I·3p«√dʰā anup vīryajnsd |
    (syūmannns-gṛbʰjms)jmsd dudʰijmsd arvatnmsd cac  
    kratunmsa vṛñjantivp·A·3p«√vṛj apip (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd 



2.  Before and after folks have made fire offerings to his frenzy.
    They always yielded to [his] valor,
    [as if] to pulling-the-reins impetuous courser;
    to slay Vṛtra, they also bring up¹ the understanding.



táṃ sadʰrī́cīrūtáyo vṛ́ṣṇyāni paúṃsyāni niyútaḥ saścuríndram |
samudráṃ ná síndʰava uktʰáśuṣmā uruvyácasaṃ gíra ā́ viśanti || 3||



3.  tasr3msa sadʰrīcījfpn ūtinfpn vṛṣṇyannpn  
    pauṃsyannpn niyutnfpn saścurvp·I·3p«√sac indraNmsa |
    samudranmsa nac sindʰunmpn (uktʰanns-śuṣmanms)jfpn  
    (urujns-vyacasnns)jmsa girnfpn āp viśantivp·A·3p«√viś 



3.  Leading in the right direction side-effects, manly powers,
    manly strengths, teams of horses have accompanied him, Indra.
    As rivers [enter] the sea, chants with verses that have fervor
    enter extending widely one.



sá rāyáskʰā́múpa sṛjā gṛṇānáḥ puruścandrásya tvámindra vásvaḥ |
pátirbabʰūtʰā́samo jánānāméko víśvasya bʰúvanasya rā́jā || 4||



4.  sasr3msn rainmsg kʰānfsa upap sṛjavp·Ao2s«√sṛj gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ  
    (purua-candrajns)jnsg tvamr2msn indraNmsv vasunnsg |
    patinmsn babʰūtʰavp·I·2s«√bʰū asamajmsn jananmpg  
    ekajmsn viśvajnsg bʰuvanannsg rājannmsn 



4.  Such thou, O Indra, extolled, emit towards [this] well of the treasure
    [a stream] of brightly radiant beneficial [glow²].
    Thou have became unequaled master of men,
    the sole sovereign of all facets of existence.



sá tú śrudʰi śrútyā yó duvoyúrdyaúrná bʰū́mābʰí rā́yo aryáḥ |
áso yátʰā naḥ śávasā cakānó yugéyuge váyasā cékitānaḥ || 5||



5.  sasr3msn tuc śrudʰivp·Ao2s«√śru śrutinfsi yasr3msn (duvasnns-yujms)jmsn  
    dyunmsn nac bʰūmannnsa abʰip rainmpa arijmsg |
    asasvp·AE2s«√as yatʰāc vayamr1mpd śavasnnsi cakānata·Amsn«√kan  
    (yugannsl-yugannsl)a vayasnnsi cekitānata·Amsn«√cit 



5.  Now, such thou --- seeking to rouse --- do listen with [thy] ear!
    As the Heaven [is] over the Earth, thou shall be [here] generation after generation
    for the sake of rewards of tending upwards one --- the same way [thou were] for us --- 
    keeping finding enjoyment through the power to change, conspicuous through mental and/or bodily vigour.


1 lit. ``pluck, gather''
2 dyu


Sūkta 6.37 

arvā́grátʰaṃ viśvávāraṃ ta ugréndra yuktā́so hárayo vahantu |
kīríściddʰí tvā hávate svàrvānṛdʰīmáhi sadʰamā́daste adyá || 1||



1.  arvāka ratʰanmsa (viśvanns-vārajms)jmsa tvamr2msg ugrajmsv  
    indraNmsv yuktajmpn harijmpn vahantuvp·A·3p«√vah |
    kīrinmsn cidc hic tvamr2msa havateva·A·3s«√hve svarvantjmsn  
    ṛdʰīmahivp·Ai1p«√ṛdʰ (sadʰaa-mādjms)nmpn tvamr2msg adyaa 



1.  May yoked tawny [coursers¹] convey 
    thy treasured-by-all chariot hither, O ferocious Indra!
    Since even praiser possessing of sva`r call upon thee
    today we could succeed to be thy drinking companions.



pró dróṇe hárayaḥ kármāgmanpunānā́sa ṛ́jyanto abʰūvan |
índro no asyá pūrvyáḥ papīyāddyukṣó mádasya somyásya rā́jā || 2||



2.  prap uc droṇannsl harijmpn karmannnsa agmanvp·Aa3p«√gam punānajmpn ṛjyanttp·Ampn«√ṛj abʰūvanvp·Aa3p«√bʰū |
    indraNmsn vayamr1mpg ayamr3msg pūrvyajmsn papīyātvp·Ae3s«√pā  
    (dyunms-kṣajms)jmsn madanmsg somyajmsn rājannmsn 



2.  Tawny [coursers²] went forth, towards the action, 
    into into a wooden vessel, they, strainght-going became pure,
    so that Indra, empowered-by-the-Heaven sovereign of containing Soma wine,
    would be the first to drink this our [Soma].



āsasrāṇā́saḥ śavasānámácʰéndraṃ sucakré ratʰyā̀so áśvāḥ |
abʰí śráva ṛ́jyanto vaheyurnū́ cinnú vāyóramṛ́taṃ ví dasyet || 3||



3.  āsasrāṇata·Ampn«ā~√sṛ śavasānajmsa acʰap  
    indraNmsa sucakrajmsl ratʰyajmpn aśvanmpn |
    abʰip śravasnnsa ṛjyanttp·Ampn«√ṛj vaheyurvp·Ai3p«√vah  
    nuc cidc nuc vāyunmsg amṛtannsa vip dasyetvp·Ai3s«√das 



3.  Accustomed to a chariot, [yoked] into a well-wheeled [chariot],
    the horses [are] rushing towards changing-powerfully Indra.
    Straight-going, they can convey [the chariot] to an auditory impression.
    Vāyu's ambrosia should never be wasted.



váriṣṭʰo asya dákṣiṇāmiyartī́ndro magʰónāṃ tuvikūrmítamaḥ |
yáyā vajrivaḥ pariyā́syáṃho magʰā́ ca dʰṛṣṇo dáyase ví sūrī́n || 4||



4.  variṣṭʰajmsn ayamr3msg dakṣiṇānfsa iyartivp·A·3s«√ṛ  
    indraNmsn magʰavanjmpg (tuvia-kūrmitamanms)jmsn |
    yāsr3fsi vajrivatjmsv pariyāsivp·A·2s«pari~√yā aṃhasnnsa  
    magʰannpa cac dʰṛṣṇujmsv dayasevp·A·2s«√de vip sūrinmpa 



4.  The most excellent Indra, shielding-most-strongly generous ones,
    encounters his sacrificial reward,
    with which thou, O thunderbolt-bearer, go around the anxiety
    and uncover bounties, O daring one, to institutors of the sacrifice.



índro vā́jasya stʰávirasya dāténdro gīrbʰírvardʰatāṃ vṛddʰámahāḥ |
índro vṛtráṃ hániṣṭʰo astu sátvā́ tā́ sūríḥ pṛṇati tū́tujānaḥ || 5||



5.  indraNmsn vājanmsg stʰavirajmsg dātṛnmsn  
    indraNmsn girnfpi vardʰatāmvp·Ao3s«√vṛdʰ (vṛddʰajms-mahasnns)jmsn |
    indraNmsn vṛtraNnsa haniṣṭʰajmsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as satvannmsn  
    āpr3npa sūrinmsn pṛṇativp·A·3s«√pṝ tūtujānajmsn 



5.  Indra [is] a giver of an enduring rush of vigour.
    May Indra, [his] might strengthened, become strengthened by the chants!
    May Indra, the best slayer of Vṛtra, be a fighter!
    Institutor of the sacrifice who keeps urging [him] fills up those [troops].³


1 drops of Soma
2 drops of Soma
3 this line is the same as 6.29.5c


Sūkta 6.38 

ápāditá údu naścitrátamo mahī́ṃ bʰarṣaddyumátīmíndrahūtim |
pányasīṃ dʰītíṃ daívyasya yā́mañjánasya rātíṃ vanate sudā́nuḥ || 1||



1.  apātvp·Aa3s«√pā ir3nsb udc uc vayamr1mpg citratamajmsn  
    mahījfsa bʰarṣatvp·UE3s«√bʰṛ dyumatījfsa (indraNms-hūtinfs)jfsa |
    panyasījfsa dʰītinfsa daivyajmsg yāmannnsl  
    janajmsg rātinfsa vanateva·A·3s«√van sudānujmsn 



1.  He¹ drank from here; he, the most conspicuous one, 
    should have carried upwards our mighty lucid invocation of Indra.
    During journey of the celestial tribe one, [who is] liberal, places within his reach the gift ---
    [even] more admirable visualization.



dūrā́ccidā́ vasato asya kárṇā gʰóṣādíndrasya tanyati bruvāṇáḥ |
éyámenaṃ deváhūtirvavṛtyānmadryàgíndramiyámṛcyámānā || 2||



2.  dūrāta cidc āp vasatasvp·A·3d«√vas ayamr3msg karṇanmdn  
    gʰoṣanmsb indraNmsg tanyativp·A·3s«√tan bruvāṇajmsn |
    āp ayamr3fsn enamr3msa (devanms-hūtinfs)nfsn vavṛtātvp·Ae3s«√vṛt  
    madryaka indraNmsa ayamr3fsn ṛcyamānājfsn 



2.  Even from a distance his² ears spend time here;
    he who is speaking reverberates with the battlecry of Indra
    so that this invocation of the deva would turn him here.
    This, being recited [invocation, would turn] Indra towards me.



táṃ vo dʰiyā́ paramáyā purājā́majáramíndramabʰyànūṣyarkaíḥ |
bráhmā ca gíro dadʰiré sámasminmahā́m̐śca stómo ádʰi vardʰadíndre || 3||



3.  tasr3msa tvamr2mpd dʰīnfsi paramājfsi (purāa-jājms)jmsa  
    ajarajmsa indraNmsa abʰip anūṣivp·U·1s«√nu arkanmpi |
    brahmannnsn cac girnfpn dadʰireva·I·3p«√dʰā samp ayamr3msl  
    mahatjmsn cac stomanmsn adʰip vardʰatvp·AE3s«√vṛdʰ indraNmsl 



3.  For your sake with superior visualization, with hymns of illumination, 
    I have found my way towards him, born [in me] before, undecaying Indra.
    Formulation and chants combine [with each other] in him,
    and the great hymn of praise shall strengthen [me] into [the state of] Indra.



várdʰādyáṃ yajñá utá sóma índraṃ várdʰādbráhma gíra uktʰā́ ca mánma |
várdʰā́hainamuṣáso yā́mannaktórvárdʰānmā́sāḥ śarádo dyā́va índram || 4||



4.  vardʰātvp·Ae3s«√vṛdʰ yasr3msa yajñanmsn utac somanmsn indraNmsa  
    vardʰātvp·Ae3s«√vṛdʰ brahmannnsn girnfpn uktʰannpn cac manmannnsn |
    vardʰavp·Ao2s«√vṛdʰ ahac enamr3msa uṣasnfsg yāmannnsl aktunmsb  
    vardʰānvp·Ae3p«√vṛdʰ māsanmpn śaradnfpn dyunmpn indraNmsa 



4.  Since whom a fire offering and Soma would strengthen --- Indra ---
    since a formulation, chants, verses and a manic thought would strengthen [him as well],
    at least, do strengthen him during the coming of dawn from the darkness of the night
    so that the years³, months, days [of practice] would strengthen Indra.
------



evā́ jajñānáṃ sáhase ásāmi vāvṛdʰānáṃ rā́dʰase ca śrutā́ya |
mahā́mugrámávase vipra nūnámā́ vivāsema vṛtratū́ryeṣu || 5||



5.  evac jajñānatp·Imsa«√jan sahasnnsd asāmia  
    vāvṛdʰānata·Amsa«√vṛdʰ rādʰasnnsd cac śrutajnsd |
    mahāntjmsa ugrajmsa avasnnsd viprajmsv nūnama  
    āp vivāsemavp·Ai1p«vi~√vas (vṛtranns-tūryajms)nmpl 



5.  This way, O inspired one, we can now put on the mighty, ferocious one
    [who is] manifested completely for the sake of overwhelming strength,
    [who is] being elevated [in intensity] for the famed satisfaction of his desire ---
    to help [us] during hastening past obstacles. 


1 Agni
2 Indra's
3 lit. ``autumns''


Sūkta 6.39 

mandrásya kavérdivyásya váhnervípramanmano vacanásya mádʰvaḥ |
ápā nastásya sacanásya devéṣo yuvasva gṛṇaté góagrāḥ || 1||



1.  mandrajmsg kavijmsg divyajmsg vahninmsg (viprajms-manmannns)jnsg vacanajmsg madʰunnsg |
    apāsvp·U·2s«√pā vayamr1mpd tasr3msg sacanajmsg devanmsv  
    iṣnfpa yuvasvava·Ao2s«√yu gṛṇanttp·Amsd«√gṝ (gonfs-agranns)jfpa 



1.  Thou, O deva, have drunk of that assisting us honey ---
    of delightful gifted with insight celestial carrier,
    eloquent, excited by a manic thought one;
    bestow upon extolling [thee] one preceded by words libations!



ayámuśānáḥ páryádrimusrā́ ṛtádʰītibʰirṛtayúgyujānáḥ |
rujádárugṇaṃ ví valásya sā́nuṃ paṇī́m̐rvácobʰirabʰí yodʰadíndraḥ || 2||



2.  ayamr3msn uśānata·Amsn«√vaś parip adrinmsa usrānfpa  
    (ṛtanns-dʰītinfs)jfpi (ṛtanns-yujjms)jmsn yujānata·Amsn«√yuj |
    rujatvp·AE3s«√ruj arugṇajmsa vip valanmsg sānunmsa  
    paṇinmpa vacasnnpi abʰip yodʰatvp·AE3s«√yudʰ indraNmsn 



2.  This, desiring one, employing ṛta by using visualizations based on ṛta,
    he, joining appearing around the rock at dawn [waters],
    shall break open unbroken top surface of the cavern.¹
    Using utterances Indra shall wage war against niggards.



ayáṃ dyotayadadyúto vyàktū́ndoṣā́ vástoḥ śaráda índurindra |
imáṃ ketúmadadʰurnū́ cidáhnāṃ śúcijanmana uṣásaścakāra || 3||



3.  ayamr3msn dyotayatvpCAE3s«√dyut adyutjmpa vip aktunmpa  
    doṣānfsi vastunfsg śaradnfpa indunmsn indraNmsv |
    ayamr3msa ketunmsa adadʰurvp·Aa3p«√dʰā nuc cidc ahannmpg  
    (śucijns-janmannns)jfpa uṣasnfpa cakāravp·I·3s«√kṛ 



3.  This one, the most refined and concentrated form of Soma, shall illuminate for years², O Indra,
    what is not shining throughout the nights, through the darkness of early morning!
    Him they forthwith set as the focal point of the days,
    he has caused dawns to have pure birth.



ayáṃ rocayadarúco rucānò'yáṃ vāsayadvyṛ̀téna pūrvī́ḥ |
ayámīyata ṛtayúgbʰiráśvaiḥ svarvídā nā́bʰinā carṣaṇiprā́ḥ || 4||



4.  ayamr3msn rocayatvpCAE3s«√ruc arucjmpa rucānata·Amsn«√ruc  
    ayamr3msn vāsayatvpCAE3s«√vas vip ṛtannsi pūrvījfpa |
    ayamr3msn īyatevaIA·3s«√i (ṛtanns-yujjms)jmpi aśvanmpi  
    (svarnns-vidjfs)jmsi nābʰinmsi (carṣaṇijms-prājfs)jmsn 



4.  This one³, shining, shall make what lacks shining shine,
    this one by means of ṛta shall make many [visualizations⁴] shine through [mental obscurations].
    This one comes again and again by means of employing ṛta horses⁵,
    [thus] filling through finding sva`r center [with what is real]⁶ those that draw to themselves⁷.



nū́ gṛṇānó gṛṇaté pratna rājanníṣaḥ pinva vasudéyāya pūrvī́ḥ |
apá óṣadʰīraviṣā́ vánāni gā́ árvato nṝ́nṛcáse rirīhi || 5||



5.  nuc gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ gṛṇanttp·Amsd«√gṝ pratnajmsv rājannmsv  
    iṣnfpa pinvavp·Ao2s«√pinv (vasunns-deyanns)jmsd pūrvījfpa |
    apnfpa (oṣanms-dʰijfs)nfpa aviṣajnpa vanannpa  
    gonfpa arvatnmpa nṛnmpa ṛcasev···D··«√ṛc rirīhivp·Ao2s«√rā 



5.  So now, being extolled, O primordial chieftain, for the sake of extolling [thee] one,
    swell multiple libations to give benefits,
    grant waters, herbs, non-poisoning desires,
    cows, coursers, men to praise in verses!


1 this seems to mean opening of sahasrāra cakra
2 lit. ``autumns''
3 the most refined and concentrated form of Soma
4 dʰīti-s
5 here = ``drops of Soma juice''
6 on the basis of 3.34.7ab
7 senses


Sūkta 6.40 

índra píba túbʰyaṃ sutó mádāyā́va sya hárī ví mucā sákʰāyā |
utá prá gāya gaṇá ā́ niṣádyā́tʰā yajñā́ya gṛṇaté váyo dʰāḥ || 1||



1.  indraNmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā tvamr2msd sutajmsn madanmsd  
    avap syavp·Ao2s«√si harinmda vip mucavp·Ao2s«√muc sakʰinmda |
    utac prap gāyavp·Ao2s«√gai gaṇanmsl āp nisadyatp·A???«ni~√sad  
    atʰāc yajñanmsd gṛṇanttp·Amsd«√gṝ vayasnnsa dʰāsvp·UE2s«√dʰā 



1.  O Indra, drink extracted for thee [Soma] for an exhilaration!
    Unharness the two tawny ones, unloose two companions!
    And thou¹, having sat down midst troops, do sing forth!
    Then thou² shall bestow mental vigour upon the sacrifice, upon extolling [thee] one.



ásya piba yásya jajñāná indra mádāya krátve ápibo virapśin |
támu te gā́vo nára ā́po ádrirínduṃ sámahyanpītáye sámasmai || 2||



2.  ayamr3msg pibavp·Ao2s«√pā yasr3msg jajñānatp·Imsn«√jan indraNmsv  
    madanmsd kratunmsd apibasvp·Aa2s«√pā virapśinjmsv |
    tasr3msa uc tvamr2msd gonfpn nṛnmpn apnfpn adrinmsn  
    indunmsa samp ahyanvp·U·3p«√hi pītinfsd samp ayamr3msd 



2.  Drink this which thou, O Indra, having been born, 
    drank for exhilaration [and] resourcefulness, O exuberant one!
    Him, the most refined and concentrated form of Soma,
    cows, men, waters, the rock together stimulate for thee, to drink together for this one's sake.



sámiddʰe agnaú sutá indra sóma ā́ tvā vahantu hárayo váhiṣṭʰāḥ |
tvāyatā́ mánasā johavīmī́ndrā́ yāhi suvitā́ya mahé naḥ || 3||



3.  samiddʰajmsl agninmsl sutajmsl indraNmsv somanmsl  
    āp tvamr2msa vahantuvp·A·3p«√vah harijmpn vahiṣṭʰajmpn |
    (tvamr2msa-yatjms)jnsi manasnnsi johvīmivpIA·1s«√hu indraNmsv  
    āp yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā suvitannsd mahjnsd vayamr1mpg 



3.  Into kindled Agni³, into pressed out Soma, O Indra,
    let tawny ones, best at conveying, convey thee!
    With seeking thee mind I make an offering again and again, O Indra;
    journey here for an easy passage [and] for the great [power to change]⁴ for us.



ā́ yāhi śáśvaduśatā́ yayātʰéndra mahā́ mánasā somapéyam |
úpa bráhmāṇi śṛṇava imā́ nó'tʰā te yajñástanvè váyo dʰāt || 4||



4.  āp yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā śaśvata uśanttp·Amsi«√vaś yayātʰavp·I·2s«√yā  
    indraNmsv mahjnsi manasnnsi (somanms-peyanms)nmsa |
    upap brahmannnpa śṛṇavasvp·Ae2s«√śru ayamr3npa vayamr1mpg  
    atʰāc tvamr2msd yajñanmsn tanūnfsd vayasnnsa dʰātvp·UE3s«√dʰā 



4.  Journey here! Thou have journeyed time and again, O Indra,
    with desiring, powerful mind to a drink of Soma.
    Since thou will give ear to these our formulations,
    then this offering to thee shall bring vigour to the body.



yádindra diví pā́rye yádṛ́dʰagyádvā své sádane yátra vā́si |
áto no yajñámávase niyútvānsajóṣāḥ pāhi girvaṇo marúdbʰiḥ || 5||



5.  yadc indraNmsv dyunmsl pāryajmsl yadc (ṛdʰnfs-añcjms)a  
    yadcc svajnsl sadanannsl yatracc asivp·A·2s«√as |
    ar3nsb vayamr1mpg yajñanmsa avasnnsd niyutvantjmsn  
    sajoṣasjmsn pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā girvaṇasjmsv marutNmpi 



5.  If, O Indra, on a decisive day, whether apart [from us]
    or on thy own seat [among us] --- wherever thou are,
    from there, having inner connection, [thou would journey] to our sacrifice in order to help,
    acting in harmony with Marut-s, do protect [us], O longing for a chant!


1 singer
2 Indra
3 the inner fire of maṇipūra cakra
4 on the basis of 6.34.2c


Sūkta 6.41 

áheḷamāna úpa yāhi yajñáṃ túbʰyaṃ pavanta índavaḥ sutā́saḥ |
gā́vo ná vajrinsvámóko ácʰéndrā́ gahi pratʰamó yajñíyānām || 1||



1.  aheḷamānata·Amsn«a~√heḷ upap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā yajñanmsa  
    tvamr2msd pavantevp·A·3p«√pū indunmpn sutajmpn |
    gonfpn nac vajrinjmsv svajnsa okasnnsa acʰap  
    indraNmsv āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam pratʰamajmsn yajniyajmpg 



1.  Not being angry, arrive at the sacrifice!
    Extracted drops of Soma purify themselves for thee.
    Like cows go towards their own home, O thunderbolt-wielder,
    come here, being foremost of worthy of sacrifice ones, O Indra!



yā́ te kākútsúkṛtā yā́ váriṣṭʰā yáyā śáśvatpíbasi mádʰva ūrmím |
táyā pāhi prá te adʰvaryúrastʰātsáṃ te vájro vartatāmindra gavyúḥ || 2||



2.  yār3fsn tvamr2msd kākudnfsn sukṛtājfsnr3fsn variṣṭʰajfsn  
    yāsr3fsi śaśvata pibasivp·A·2s«√pā madʰunnsg ūrminmsa |
    tār3fsi pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā prap tvamr2msd (adʰvaranms-yujms)jmsn astʰātvp·U·3s«√stʰā  
    samp tvamr2msg vajranmsn vartatāmvp·Ao3s«√vṛt indraNmsv (gonfs-yujms)jmsn 



2.  Which palate¹ [is] well prepared for thee, which [is] the most preferable
    with which thou frequently drink the wave of honey,
    drink with that one! He who seeks ways to proceed stood up for thee.
    Let thy thunderbolt, O Indra, seeking evocative expressions², take shape!



eṣá drapsó vṛṣabʰó viśvárūpa índrāya vṛ́ṣṇe sámakāri sómaḥ |
etáṃ piba hariva stʰātarugra yásyéśiṣe pradívi yáste ánnam || 3||



3.  eṣasr3msn drapsanmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn (viśvanns-rūpanns)jmsn  
    indraNmsd vṛṣannmsd samp akārivp·U·3s«√kṛ somanmsn |
    etasr3msa pibavp·Ao2s«√pā harivantnmsv stʰātṛnmsv ugrajmsv  
    yasr3msg īśiṣeva·A·2s«√īś pradivjnsl yasr3msn tvamr2msg annannsn 



3.  This resembling a bull drop, capable to assume any form,
    Soma was made for bull Indra.
    O accompanied-by-tawny-ones ferocious driver, drink this,
    of which thou are master at all times, which for thee is food.



sutáḥ sómo ásutādindra vásyānayáṃ śréyāñcikitúṣe ráṇāya |
etáṃ titirva úpa yāhi yajñáṃ téna víśvāstáviṣīrā́ pṛṇasva || 4||



4.  sutajmsn somanmsn asutajmsb indraNmsv vasyāsjmsn  
    ayamr3msn śreyāsjmsn cikitvaṅstp·Imsd«√cit raṇanmsd |
    etasr3msa titirvasjmsv upap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā yajñanmsa  
    tasr3msi viśvājfpa taviṣījfpa āp pṛṇasvava·Ao2s«√pṝ 



4.  Extracted Soma, O Indra, [is] better than unextracted,
    this is superior for a discriminating one to enjoy³.
    Steer towards this fire offering, O overcomer!
    Using it, nourish all powers to control!



hváyāmasi tvéndra yāhyarvā́ṅáraṃ te sómastanvè bʰavāti |
śátakrato mādáyasvā sutéṣu prā́smā́m̐ ava pṛ́tanāsu prá vikṣú || 5||



5.  hvayāmasivp·A·1p«√hve tvamr2msa āp indraNmsv yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā arvācjmsn  
    arama tvamr2msg somanmsn tanūnfsd bʰavātivp·Ae3s«√bʰū |
    (śatau-kratunms)jmsv mādayasvavaCAo2s«√mad sutajmpl  
    prap vayamr1mpa avavp·Ao2s«√av pṛtanānfpl prap viśnfpl 



5.  We call upon thee, O Indra! Coming hitherward, journey here,
    so that Soma would be fitting to thy body.
    O having hundred wiles one, do make thyself exhilarated on pressed out [juices]!
    Favour us in battles, [favour us] among tribes!


1 prob. = ``which adept''
2 lit. ``cows''
3 following p.825 J&B2014


Sūkta 6.42 

prátyasmai pípīṣate víśvāni vidúṣe bʰara |
araṃgamā́ya jágmayé'paścāddagʰvane náre || 1||



1.  pratip ayamr3msd pipīṣatetp·Amsd«√pā  
    viśvannpa vidvaṅstp·Imsd«√vid bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ |
    (arama-gamanms)jmsd jagmijmsd  
    (apaścāta-dagʰvanjms)jmsd nṛnmsd 



1.  Do [thou] present [offerings] to this wishing to drink,
    knowing all [places of existence]¹ one,
    whose moves are sufficient, who is in constant motion,
    to a hero who does not strike [enemies] from the back [row].



émenaṃ pratyétana sómebʰiḥ somapā́tamam |
ámatrebʰirṛjīṣíṇamíndraṃ sutébʰiríndubʰiḥ || 2||



2.  āp īmc enamr3msa pratip etanavp·Ao2p«√i somanmpi (somanms-pātamajms)jmsa |
    amatrajmpi ṛjīṣinjmsa indraNmsa sutajmsi indunmpi 



2.  Him, who is the most-drinking of Soma,
    receive ye with Soma ---
    having direct impact Indra [receive] 
    with facilitating forcefulness extracted drops of Soma.



yádī sutébʰiríndubʰiḥ sómebʰiḥ pratibʰū́ṣatʰa |
védā víśvasya médʰiro dʰṛṣáttáṃtamídéṣate || 3||



3.  yadic sutajmpi indunmpi somajmpi pratibʰūṣatʰavp·A·2p«prati~√bʰūṣ |
    vedavp·I·3s«√vid viśvannsg medʰirajmsn  
    dʰṛṣatjmsn (tasr3msa-tasr3msa)a idc āp īṣateva·A·3s«√īṣ 



3.  If ye attend to [him] with extracted Soma drops,
    he, possessing of mental vigour,
    would have correct notion of everything.
    Daring, he hastens just toward every one of [those].



asmā́asmā ídándʰasó'dʰvaryo prá bʰarā sutám |
kuvítsamasya jényasya śárdʰato'bʰíśasteravaspárat || 4||



4.  ayamr3msd idc andʰasnnsb (adʰvaranms-yujms)jmsv prap bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ sutajmsa |
    kuvidc samajmsg jenyajmsg śardʰattp·Amsg«√śṛdʰ abʰiśastinfsb avasparatvp·AE3s«ava~√spṛ 



4.  Just to this one, O adʰvaryu²,
    offer pressed from herb [Soma]!
    Would it defend [us] 
    from the curse of any defiant noble?!


1 bʰuvanāni
2 a participant of an offering who seeks ways to proceed with the offering


Sūkta 6.43 

yásya tyácʰámbaraṃ máde dívodāsāya randʰáyaḥ |
ayáṃ sá sóma indra te sutáḥ píba || 1||



1.  yasr3msg tyadr3nsa śambaraNmsa madanmsl  
    (dyunmsg-dāsanms)Nmsd randʰayasvpCAE2s«√radʰ |
    ayamr3msn sasr3msn somanmsn indraNmsv  
    tvamr2msd sutajmsn pibavp·Ao2s«√pā 



1.  In whose rapture thou shall make
    Śambara subject to Divodāsa,
    that Soma, being such, O Indra,
    [is] extracted for thee. Drink!



yásya tīvrasútaṃ mádaṃ mádʰyamántaṃ ca rákṣase |
ayáṃ sá sóma indra te sutáḥ píba || 2||



2.  yasr3msg (tīvrajms-sutjms)jmsa madanmsa madʰyannsa antanmsa cac rakṣaseva·A·2s«√rakṣ |
    ayamr3msn sasr3msn somanmsn indraNmsv tvamr2msd sutajmsn pibavp·Ao2s«√pā 



2.  Whose extracted-from-pungent-[juice] rapture
    thou guard in the middle and at the end [of a battle],
    that Soma, being such, O Indra,
    [is] extracted for thee. Drink!



yásya gā́ antáráśmano máde dṛḷhā́ avā́sṛjaḥ |
ayáṃ sá sóma indra te sutáḥ píba || 3||



3.  yasr3msg gonfpa antara aśmannmsl madanmsl dṛḷhajfpa avāsṛjasvp·Aa2s«ava~√sṛj |
    ayamr3msn sasr3msn somanmsn indraNmsv tvamr2msd sutajmsn pibavp·Ao2s«√pā 



3.  In whose rapture thou let loose
    firmly fastened in the middle of the rock cows,
    that Soma, being such, O Indra,
    [is] extracted for thee. Drink!



yásya mandānó ándʰaso mā́gʰonaṃ dadʰiṣé śávaḥ |
ayáṃ sá sóma indra te sutáḥ píba || 4||



4.  yasr3msg mandānata·Amsn«√mand andʰasnnsb  
    māgʰonannsa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā śavasnnsa |
    ayamr3msn sasr3msn somanmsn indraNmsv tvamr2msd sutajmsn pibavp·Ao2s«√pā 



4.  Becoming inflamed from whose herb
    thou have rendered liberality into an impulse to change,
    that Soma, being such, O Indra,
    [is] extracted for thee. Drink!






Sūkta 6.44 

yó rayivo rayíṃtamo yó dyumnaírdyumnávattamaḥ |
sómaḥ sutáḥ sá indra té'sti svadʰāpate mádaḥ || 1||



1.  yasr3msn rayivasjmsv rayiṃtamajmsn  
    yasr3msn dyumnannpi dyumnavattamajmsn |
    somanmsn sutajmsn sasr3msn indraNmsv  
    tvamr2msg astivp·A·3s«√as (svadʰānfs-patinms)jmsv madanmsn 



1.  Which, O master of the treasure, [is] the most wealthy,
    which by means of illuminating [drops of pure Soma] has the most power to illuminate,
    that extracted Soma, O Indra,
    is thy exhilarating drink, O master of spontaneity!



yáḥ śagmástuviśagma te rāyó dāmā́ matīnā́m |
sómaḥ sutáḥ sá indra té'sti svadʰāpate mádaḥ || 2||



2.  yasr3msn śagmajmsn (tuvia-śagmajms)jmsv tvamr2msd  
    rainmsg dāmannmsn matinfpg |
    somanmsn sutajmsn sasr3msn indraNmsv  
    tvamr2msg astivp·A·3s«√as (svadʰānfs-patinms)jmsv madanmsn 



2.  Which [is] for thee, O very capable one, [is]
    a capable giver of the treasure, of mental gestures,
    such extracted Soma, O Indra,
    is thy exhilarating drink, O master of spontaneity!



yéna vṛddʰó ná śávasā turó ná svā́bʰirūtíbʰiḥ |
sómaḥ sutáḥ sá indra té'sti svadʰāpate mádaḥ || 3||



3.  yasr3msi vṛddʰajmsn nac śavasnnsi  
    turajmsn nac svājfpi ūtinfpi |
    somanmsn sutajmsn sasr3msn indraNmsv  
    tvamr2msg astivp·A·3s«√as (svadʰānfs-patinms)jmsv madanmsn 



3.  With which as if augmented with the power to change
    as if quick through own side-effects,
    such extracted Soma, O Indra,
    is thy exhilarating drink, O master of spontaneity!
------



tyámu vo áprahaṇaṃ gṛṇīṣé śávasaspátim |
índraṃ viśvāsā́haṃ náraṃ máṃhiṣṭʰaṃ viśvácarṣaṇim || 4||



4.  tyadr3msa uc tvamr2mpd aprahanjmsa gṛṇīṣeva·A·1s«√gṝ śavasnnsg patinmsa |
    indraNmsa (viśvanns-sahjms)jmsa nṛnmsa maṃhiṣṭʰajmsa (viśvajms-carṣaṇijms)jmsa 



4.  That one, I extol for you, the master of the power to change,
    who does not show when he is about to strike,
    Indra, prevailing over everything, most generous man
    drawing everyone towards himself.



yáṃ vardʰáyantī́dgíraḥ pátiṃ turásya rā́dʰasaḥ |
támínnvasya ródasī devī́ śúṣmaṃ saparyataḥ || 5||



5.  yasr3msa vardʰayantivpCA·3p«√vṛdʰ idc girnfpn patinmsa turajnsg rādʰasnnsg |
    tasr3msa idc nuc ayamr3msg rodasnndn devījndn śuṣmanmsa saparyatasvp·A·3d«√sapary 



5.  Whom the chants just strengthen,
    the master of quick accomplishment of [one's] desires,
    just to him, to his fervor, 
    the two divine Rodas-es attend to.



tádva uktʰásya barháṇéndrāyopastṛṇīṣáṇi |
vípo ná yásyotáyo ví yádróhanti sakṣítaḥ || 6||



6.  tadr3nsn tvamr2mpg uktʰannsg barhaṇāa indraNmsd upastṛṇīṣaṇiv···D··«upa~√stṛ |
    vipnfpn nac yasr3msg ūtinfpn vip yadc rohantivp·A·3p«√ruh sakṣitjfpn 



6.  That[, the fervor,] of your verse [is] certainly
    to be a substratum for Indra
    when dwelling side by side [of each other] side-effects of whom
    sprout¹ as if [they were] vibrations.
------



ávidaddákṣaṃ mitró návīyānpapānó devébʰyo vásyo acait |
sasavā́nstaulā́bʰirdʰautárībʰiruruṣyā́ pāyúrabʰavatsákʰibʰyaḥ || 7||



7.  avidatvp·Aa3s«√vid dakṣanmsa mitranmsn navīyasjmsn  
    papānata·Amsn«√pā devanmpd vasyasjnsa acaitva·U·3s«√ci |
    sasavaṅstp·Imsn«√san staulājfpi dʰautarījfpi uruṣyāa pāyunmsn abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū sakʰinmpd 



7.  Recent benefactor became acquainted with the power of discernment;
    drinking, he noticed what is better then deva-s.
    Having obtained [that] through massive cleansing [flows]
    through the desire to protect he became a guard for [his] companions.



ṛtásya patʰí vedʰā́ apāyi śriyé mánāṃsi devā́so akran |
dádʰāno nā́ma mahó vácobʰirvápurdṛśáye venyó vyāvaḥ || 8||



8.  ṛtannsg patʰinnmsl vedʰasnmsn apāyivp·U·3s«√pā  
    śrīnfsd manasnnpa devanmpn akranvp·Aa3p«√kṛ |
    dadʰānata·Amsn«√dʰā nāmannnsn mahasa vacasnnpi  
    vapusnnsn dṛśinfsd venyajmsn vip āvarvp·U·2s«√vṛ 



8.  On a path of ṛta an adept is protected;
    deva-s take hold of minds [of adepts] for auspiciousness;
    gladly accepting for himself through utterances the name,
    he, who is to be yearned for, has revealed a wondrous form to behold.



dyumáttamaṃ dákṣaṃ dʰehyasmé sédʰā jánānāṃ pūrvī́rárātīḥ |
várṣīyo váyaḥ kṛṇuhi śácībʰirdʰánasya sātā́vasmā́m̐ aviḍḍʰi || 9||



9.  dyumattamajmsa dakṣanmsa dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā vayamr1mpl  
    sedʰavp·Ao2s«√sidʰ jananmpg pūrvījfpa arātijfpa |
    varṣīyaṃsjnsa vayasnnsa kṛṇuhivp·Ao2s«√kṛ śacīnfpi  
    dʰanannsg sātinfsl vayamr1mpa aviḍḍʰivp·Uo2s«√av 



9.  Put into us the most illuminating power of discernment,
    repel multiple holding back [inner conflicts²] of [these] people,
    effect with [thy] enabling powers a longer mental and bodily vigour,
    favour us during gaining [the prize] of the contest!
------



índra túbʰyamínmagʰavannabʰūma vayáṃ dātré harivo mā́ ví venaḥ |
nákirāpírdadṛśe martyatrā́ kímaṅgá radʰracódanaṃ tvāhuḥ || 10||



10. indraNmsv tvamr2msd idc magʰavanjmsv abʰūmavp·U·1p«√bʰū  
     vayamr1mpn dātṛnmsd harivantnmsvc vip venasvp·AE2s«√ven |
     nakisc āpinmsn dadṛśeva·I·3s«√dṛś martyatrāa  
     kir3nsa aṅgac (radʰranms-codanajms)jmsa tvamr2msa āhurvp·I·3p«√ah 



10. O Indra, we have become [such] just for thee, O generous one, for the giver;
    O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one, do not be ill-disposed!
    No one among mortals considers himself [our] ally.
    Indeed, why they call thee ``inspiring the meek''?



mā́ jásvane vṛṣabʰa no rarītʰā mā́ te revátaḥ sakʰyé riṣāma |
pūrvī́ṣṭa indra niṣṣídʰo jáneṣu jahyásuṣvīnprá vṛhā́pṛṇataḥ || 11||



11. māc jasvanjmsd (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv vayamr1mpa rarītʰāsva·AE2s«√rāc tvamr2msg revatjmsb sakʰyannsl riṣāmavp·UE1p«√riṣ |
     pūrvījfpa tvamr2msg indraNmsv niṣṣidʰjfpa janajmpl  
     jahivp·Ao2s«√han asuṣvijmpa prap vṛhavp·Ao2s«√vṛh apṛṇattp·Ampa«a~√pṝ 



11. Do not give us, O resembling a bull, to an exhausted one,
    may we, in like-mindedness with thee, do not meet with misfortune from a wealthy one!
    Many [are] thy, O Indra, attaining-their-aim effects in men;
    slay non-pressing Soma ones, first tear those not satiating [thee with Soma]!



údabʰrā́ṇīva stanáyanniyartī́ndro rā́dʰāṃsyáśvyāni gávyā |
tvámasi pradívaḥ kārúdʰāyā mā́ tvādāmā́na ā́ dabʰanmagʰónaḥ || 12||



12. udc abʰrannpa ivac stanayanttp·Amsn«√stan iyartivp·A·3s«√ṛ  
     indraNmsn rādʰasnnpa aśvyajnpa gavyajnpa |
     tvamr2msn asivp·A·2s«√as pradivnfsb (kārunms-dʰāyasjms)jmsnc tvamr2msa adāmannmpn āp dabʰanvp·AE3p«√dabʰ magʰavanjmsb 



12. Thundering like storm clouds, Indra tends upwards
    [as] favours consisting of horses³, consisting of cows⁴ ---
    from of old thou are nourishing singers;
    may not non-givers trick thee away from a generous one!
------



ádʰvaryo vīra prá mahé sutā́nāmíndrāya bʰara sá hyasya rā́jā |
yáḥ pūrvyā́bʰirutá nū́tanābʰirgīrbʰírvāvṛdʰé gṛṇatā́mṛ́ṣīṇām || 13||



13. (adʰvaranms-yujms)jmsv vīrajmsv prap mahjmsd sutajmpg  
     indraNmsd bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ sasr3msn hic ayamr3msg rājannmsn |
     yasr3msn pūrvyājfpi utac nūtanājfpi  
     girnfpi vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ gṛṇanttp·Ampg«√gṝ ṛṣinmpg 



13. O valiant adʰvaryu, offer to mighty Indra
    [Soma] of the pressed out [juices]
    since he, who has become stronger through old and new chants
    of extolling [him] seers, is his chieftain.



asyá máde purú várpāṃsi vidvā́níndro vṛtrā́ṇyapratī́ jagʰāna |
támu prá hoṣi mádʰumantamasmai sómaṃ vīrā́ya śipríṇe píbadʰyai || 14||



14. ayamr3msg madanmsl purua varpasnnpa vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid  
     indraNmsn vṛtrannpa apratia jagʰānavp·U·3s«√han |
     tasr3msa uc prap hoṣivp·Ao2s«√hu madʰumatjmsa ayamr3msd  
     somanmsa vīranmsd śiprinjmsd pibadʰyaiv···D··«√pā 



14. Having found many assumed forms in exhilaration of this one⁵,
    Indra has removed obstacles⁶ without any impediments.
    Sacrifice continually him⁷ who is rich in honey to this one⁸ ---
    Soma to the selective hero to drink!



pā́tā sutámíndro astu sómaṃ hántā vṛtráṃ vájreṇa mandasānáḥ |
gántā yajñáṃ parāvátaścidácʰā vásurdʰīnā́mavitā́ kārúdʰāyāḥ || 15||



15. pātṛnmsn sutajmsa indraNmsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as somanmsa  
     hantṛnmsn vṛtrannsa vajranmsi mandasānajmsn |
     gantṛnmsn yajñanmsa parāvatnfsb cidc acʰāp  
     vasujmsn dʰīnfpg avitṛnmsn (kārunms-dʰāyasjms)jmsn 



15. May Indra be drinker of extracted Soma,
    becoming exhilarated, [may he,] by means of the thunderbolt, [become] a slayer of Vṛtra,
    [may he be] arriving at the sacrifice even from far off,
    [may he be] beneficial helper with visualizations, a nourisher of singers!
------



idáṃ tyátpā́tramindrapā́namíndrasya priyámamṛ́tamapāyi |
mátsadyátʰā saumanasā́ya deváṃ vyàsmáddvéṣo yuyávadvyáṃhaḥ || 16||



16. ayamr3nsn tyadr3nsn pātrannsn (indraNms-pānanns)jnsn  
     indraNmsg priyajnsn amṛtannsn apāyivp·U·3s«√pā |
     matsatvp·Ue3s«√mad yatʰāc saumanasajmsd devanmsa  
     vip vayamr1mpb dveṣasnnsa yuyavatvp·Ae3s«√yu vip aṃhasnnsa 



16. This here goblet [is] for Indra's drink;
    Indra's favorite ambrosia has been drunk
    in such manner that it shall gladden the deva to be agreeable to feelings,
    so that he would keep hostility and anxiety away from us.



enā́ mandānó jahí śūra śátrūñjāmímájāmiṃ magʰavannamítrān |
abʰiṣeṇā́m̐ abʰyā̀dédiśānānpárāca indra prá mṛṇā jahī́ ca || 17||



17. ayamr3nsi mandānata·Amsn«√mand jahivp·Ao2s«√han śatrunmpa  
     jāmijmsa ajāmijmsa magʰavanjmsv amitrajmpa |
     abʰisenajmpa abʰip ādediśānatp·Ampa«ā~√diś  
     parāñcjmpa indraNmsv prap mṛṇavp·Ao2s«√mṛṇ jahivp·Ao2s«√han cac 



17. Becoming inflamed by it, slay enemies ---
    hostiles [be they] kin [or] not-kin, O generous one!
    Those who joined army, those about to aim at [us],
    those retreating, O Indra, crush and slay!



āsú ṣmā ṇo magʰavannindra pṛtsvàsmábʰyaṃ máhi várivaḥ sugáṃ kaḥ |
apā́ṃ tokásya tánayasya jeṣá índra sūrī́nkṛṇuhí smā no ardʰám || 18||



18. ayamr3fpl smac vayamr1mpg magʰavanjmsv indraNmsv pṛtnfpl  
     vayamr1mpd mahijnsa varivasnnsa sugajnsa karvp·AE2s«√kṛ |
     apnfpg tokannsg tanayajnsg jeṣanmsl  
     indraNmsv sūrinmpa kṛṇuhivp·Ao2s«√kṛ smac vayamr1mpg ardʰannsa 



18. In these our battles, O generous Indra, thou always
    shall create for us extensive easy to traverse mental space.
    In gaining waters, propagating-family children, O Indra,
    make institutors of the sacrifice be always on our side!
------



ā́ tvā hárayo vṛ́ṣaṇo yujānā́ vṛ́ṣaratʰāso vṛ́ṣaraśmayó'tyāḥ |
asmatrā́ñco vṛ́ṣaṇo vajravā́ho vṛ́ṣṇe mádāya suyújo vahantu || 19||



19. āp tvamr2msa harijmpn vṛṣannmpn yujānata·Ampn«√yuj  
     (vṛṣannms-ratʰanms)jmpn (vṛṣannms-raśminms)jmpn atyanmpn |
     asmatrāñcjmpn vṛṣannmpn vajravāhjmpn  
     vṛṣanjmsd madanmsd suyujjmpn vahantuvp·Ao3p«√vah 



19. May employed tawny bulls⁹
    having chariot that is like a bull, having-reins-like-a-bull steeds,
    well yoked for impregnating exhilaration, bearing along the thunderbolt,
    turned towards us bulls, convey thee here!



ā́ te vṛṣanvṛ́ṣaṇo dróṇamastʰurgʰṛtaprúṣo nórmáyo mádantaḥ |
índra prá túbʰyaṃ vṛ́ṣabʰiḥ sutā́nāṃ vṛ́ṣṇe bʰaranti vṛṣabʰā́ya sómam || 20||



20. āp tvamr2msd vṛṣannmsv vṛṣannmpn droṇannsa astʰurvp·U·3p«√stʰā  
     (gʰṛtanns-pruṣjms)jmpn nac ūrminmpn madanttp·Ampn«√mad |
     indraNmsv prap tvamr2msd vṛṣannmpi sutajmpg  
     vṛṣannmsd bʰarantivp·A·3p«√bʰṛ (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsd somanmsa 



20. For thee, O impregnating one, the bulls remain near the wooden vessel.
    As if sprinkling-ghee exhilarating waves offer to thee,
    O Indra, the Soma of pressed out by the bulls [juices]
    to resembling-a-bull impregnating one.



vṛ́ṣāsi divó vṛṣabʰáḥ pṛtʰivyā́ vṛ́ṣā síndʰūnāṃ vṛṣabʰá stíyānām |
vṛ́ṣṇe ta índurvṛṣabʰa pīpāya svādū́ ráso madʰupéyo várāya || 21||



21. vṛṣannmsn asivp·A·2s«√as dyunmsg (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn pṛtʰivīnfsg  
     vṛṣannmsn sindʰunfpg (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn stiyājfpg |
     vṛṣannmsd tvamr2msd indunmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn pīpāyavp·I·3s«√pī  
     svādujmsn rasanmsn (madʰujms-peyanms)jmsn varanmsd 



21. Thou are resembling-a-bull impregnating the Heaven [and] the Earth one,
    resembling-a-bull impregnating of stale streams one.
    For thee, for impregnating one, resembling-a-bull Indu has swelled
    palatable sap, sweet to drink to thy heart's content.
------



ayáṃ deváḥ sáhasā jā́yamāna índreṇa yujā́ paṇímastabʰāyat |
ayáṃ svásya pitúrā́yudʰānī́nduramuṣṇādáśivasya māyā́ḥ || 22||



22. ayamr3msn devanmsn sahasnnsi jāyamānatp·Amsn«√jan  
     indraNmsi yujnmsi paṇinmsa astabʰāyatvpCAa3s«√stambʰ |
     ayamr3msn svajmsg pitṛnmsg āyudʰannpa  
     indunmsn amuṣṇātvp·Aa3s«√muṣ aśivajmsg māyānfpa 



22. This deva, made manifest together with the overwhelming strength,
    together with Indra as a yokemate, paralyzed the niggard.
    This one, Indu, stole his own father's weapons ---
    deceptive constructs of inciting-reactive-impulsiveness¹⁰ one.



ayámakṛṇoduṣásaḥ supátnīrayáṃ sū́rye adadʰājjyótirantáḥ |
ayáṃ tridʰā́tu diví rocanéṣu tritéṣu vindadamṛ́taṃ nígūḷham || 23||



23. ayamr3msn akṛṇotvp·Aa3s«√kṛ uṣasnfpa supatnījfpa  
     ayamr3msn sūryanmsl adadʰātvp·Aa3s«√dʰā jyotisnnsa antara |
     ayamr3msn (triu-dʰātunns)nmsl rocanannpl  
     tritanmpl vindatvp·AE3s«√vid amṛtannsa nigūḷhajnsa 



23. This one¹¹ made dawns to have a good husband,
    this one put light into the sun,
    this one shall privately find consisting of three components ambrosia
    in the Heaven, in luminous spheres, in the third ones¹².



ayáṃ dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ ví ṣkabʰāyadayáṃ rátʰamayunaksaptáraśmim |
ayáṃ góṣu śácyā pakvámantáḥ sómo dādʰāra dáśayantramútsam || 24||



24. ayamr3msn (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfda vip skabʰāyatvp·AE3s«√skambʰ  
     ayamr3msn ratʰanmsa ayunakvp·Aa3s«√yuj (saptau-raśminms)jmsa |
     ayamr3msn gonfpl śacīnfsi pakvajnsa antara  
     somanmsn dādʰāravp·I·3s«√dʰṛ (daśau-yantranns)jmsa utsanmsa 



24. This one shall prop apart the Heaven and the Earth,
    this one harnessed having seven reins chariot,
    this one with [his] enabling power [put] ripe [for poetry] [vital spirit¹³] midst evocative expressions¹⁴ ---
    Soma has maintained having ten-thongs spring¹⁵.


1 comp. 6.24.3cd
2 dviṣ-as
3 rhythms
4 evocative expressions
5 Soma
6 vṛtra-s
7 Soma
8 Indra
9 drops of Soma juice
10 a-śiva
11 Indra
12 throat cakras of participants
13 payas
14 lit. ``cows''
15 source of energy in the maṇipūra cakra


Sūkta 6.45 

yá ā́nayatparāvátaḥ súnītī turváśaṃ yádum |
índraḥ sá no yúvā sákʰā || 1||



1.  yasr3msn āp anayatvp·Aa3s«√nī parāvatnfsb  
    sunītīnfsi turvaśaNmsa yaduNmsa |
    indraNmsn sasr3msn vayamr1mpg yuvanjmsn sakʰinmsn 



1.  Who by means of good guidance
    guided here from afar Turvaśa, Yadu ---
    such Indra is our young companion.



avipré cidváyo dádʰadanāśúnā cidárvatā |
índro jétā hitáṃ dʰánam || 2||



2.  aviprajmsl cidc vayasnnsa dadʰattp·Amsn«√dʰā  
    anāśujmsi cidc arvatnmsi |
    indraNmsn jetṛnmsn hitajnsa dʰanannsa 



2.  Imparting mental and bodily vigour even to not inwardly excited one,
    even with not-quick courser
    Indra will win proposed contest.



mahī́rasya práṇītayaḥ pūrvī́rutá práśastayaḥ |
nā́sya kṣīyanta ūtáyaḥ || 3||



3.  mahījfpn ayamr3msg praṇītīnfpn  
    pūrvījfpn utac praśastinfpn |
    nac ayamr3msg kṣīyantevp·A·3p«√kṣi ūtinfpn 



3.  Potent [is] his guidance,
    and many [are his] competencies.
    His side-effects are not decreased.
------



sákʰāyo bráhmavāhasé'rcata prá ca gāyata |
sá hí naḥ prámatirmahī́ || 4||



4.  sakʰinmpv (brahmannns-vāhasnns)jmsd  
    arcatavp·AE2p«√ṛc prap cac gāyatavp·AE2p«√gai |
    sasr3msn hic vayamr1mpd pramatinfsn mahījfsn 



4.  O companions, recite verses and chant
    to him who is conveyed by a formulation,
    since for us he is a potent foreseeing care.



tvámékasya vṛtrahannavitā́ dváyorasi |
utédṛ́śe yátʰā vayám || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn ekajmsg (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsv  
    avitṛjmsn dvau asivp·A·2s«√as |
    utac īdṛśjmsd yatʰāc vayamr1mpn 



5.  Thou, O slayer of Vṛtra,
    are helping [only] one of two [opposing each other sides]
    and to the endowed with such qualities as we [are].



náyasī́dváti dvíṣaḥ kṛṇóṣyuktʰaśaṃsínaḥ |
nṛ́bʰiḥ suvī́ra ucyase || 6||



6.  nayasivp·A·2s«√nī idc uc atip dviṣnfpa  
    kṛṇosivp·A·2s«√kṛ (uktʰanns-śaṃsinnms)nmpa |
    nṛnmpi suvīrajmsn ucyasevp·A·2s«√vac 



6.  Just thou lead beyond hatreds,
    thou create reciters of verses;
    thou are said by men to be very manly.



brahmā́ṇaṃ bráhmavāhasaṃ gīrbʰíḥ sákʰāyamṛgmíyam |
gā́ṃ ná doháse huve || 7||



7.  brahmannmsa (brahmannns-vāhasnns)jmsa  
    girnfpi sakʰinmsa (ṛcnfs-mīnfs)jmsa |
    gonfsa nac dohasnnsd huveva·A·1s«√hū 



7.  I call upon formulator who is conveyed by a formulation
    with chants I call upon to-be-praised-in-verses companion ---
    as if upon a cow for milking ---



yásya víśvāni hástayorūcúrvásūni ní dvitā́ |
vīrásya pṛtanāṣáhaḥ || 8||



8.  yasr3msg viśvajnpa hastanmdl  
    ūcurvp·I·3p«√vac vasunnpa nip dvitāa |
    vīranmsg (pṛtanānfs-sahjms)jmsg 



8.  into whose hands, they said, 
    all benefits were certainly [placed],
    [into the hands] of victorious in battles hero.



ví dṛḷhā́ni cidadrivo jánānāṃ śacīpate |
vṛhá māyā́ anānata || 9||



9.  vip dṛḷhajnpa cidc adrivatjmsv  
    jananmpg (śacīnfs-patinms)nmsv |
    vṛhavp·Ao2s«√vṛh māyānfpa anānatajmsv 



9.  Uproot deceptive constructs, O master of mighty assistance,
    even firm[ly held], O stone-wielder,
    [beliefs¹] of [these] persons O not-bending-[to other's-will] one!
------



támu tvā satya somapā índra vājānāṃ pate |
áhūmahi śravasyávaḥ || 10||



10. tasr3msa uc tvamr2msa satyajmsv (somanms-pājms)jmsv  
     indraNmsv vājanmpg patinmsv |
     ahūmahivp·U·1p«√hve (śravasnns-yujms)jmpn 



10. Such thee, O actual Soma-drinker,
    O Indra, O master of rushes of vigour,
    those seeking fame² invoke.



támu tvā yáḥ purā́sitʰa yó vā nūnáṃ hité dʰáne |
hávyaḥ sá śrudʰī hávam || 11||



11. tasr3msa uc tvamr2msa yasr3msn purāa āsitʰavp·I·2s«√as  
     yasr3msnc nūnama hitajnsl dʰanannsl |
     havyajmsn sasr3msn śrudʰivp·Ao2s«√śru havanmsa 



11. Thee who has been such before,
    and who [will be such] at present, during the proposed contest, 
    such thou [is] to be summoned; hear [this] invocation!



dʰībʰírárvadbʰirárvato vā́jām̐ indra śravā́yyān |
tváyā jeṣma hitáṃ dʰánam || 12||



12. dʰīnfpi arvatjfpi arvatjmpa  
     vājanmpa indraNmsv śravāyyajmpa |
     tvamr2msi jeṣmavp·A·1p«√ji hitajnsa dʰanannsa 



12. Using fast-paced visualizations, [employing]
    to-be-praised hasting rushes of vigour, O Indra,
    [helped] by thee, we win the proposed contest.



ábʰūru vīra girvaṇo mahā́m̐ indra dʰáne hité |
bʰáre vitantasā́yyaḥ || 13||



13. abʰūsvp·U·2s«√bʰū uc vīranmsv girvaṇasjmsv mahatjmsn indraNmsv dʰanannsl hitajnsl |
     bʰaranmsl vitantasāyyajmsn 



13. Thou, longing for a song hero, become mighty,
    O Indra, during an arranged contest,
    [become] worth to be tussled over in battles.



yā́ ta ūtíramitrahanmakṣū́javastamā́sati |
táyā no hinuhī rátʰam || 14||



14. yāsr3fsn tvamr2msg ūtinfsn (amitrajms-hanjms)jmsv  
     makṣujavastamājfsn asativp·A·3s«√as |
     tār3fsi vayamr1mpg hinuhivp·Ao2s«√hi ratʰanmsa 



14. Which thy way of helping, O slayer of hostiles,
    comes as the most prompt,
    with that one impel our chariot!



sá rátʰena ratʰī́tamo'smā́kenābʰiyúgvanā |
jéṣi jiṣṇo hitáṃ dʰánam || 15||



15. sasr3msn ratʰanmsi ratʰitamajmsn  
     asmākajmsi abʰiyugvanjmsi |
     jeṣivp·A·2s«√ji jiṣṇujmsv hitajnsa dʰanannsa 



15. Such --- best possessor of chariots ---
    using our engaged in [the contest] chariot,
    thou, O rich in victories one, win the proposed contest.
------



yá éka íttámu ṣṭuhi kṛṣṭīnā́ṃ vícarṣaṇiḥ |
pátirjajñé vṛ́ṣakratuḥ || 16||



16. yasr3msn ekajmsn idc tasr3msa uc stuhivp·Ao2s«√stu  
     kṛṣṭinfpg vicarṣaṇijmsn |
     patinmsn jajñeva·I·3s«√jan (vṛṣannms-kratunms)jmsn 



16. Who is just one [of a kind], him extol!
    He, being resourceful as the bull³, has manifested himself [as]
    disengaging overseer⁴ of tribes.



yó gṛṇatā́mídā́sitʰāpírūtī́ śiváḥ sákʰā |
sá tváṃ na indra mṛḷaya || 17||



17. yasr3msn gṛṇanttp·Ampg«√gṝ idc āsitʰavp·I·2s«√as  
     āpinmsn ūtinfpi śivajmsn sakʰinmsn |
     sasr3msn tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd indraNmsv mṛḷayavp·Ao2s«√mṛḷ 



17. Who has become an ally of only extolling [him men],
    a destroying reactive impulsiveness companion with means of helping ---
    such thou, O Indra, be kind to us!



dʰiṣvá vájraṃ gábʰastyo rakṣohátyāya vajrivaḥ |
sāsahīṣṭʰā́ abʰí spṛ́dʰaḥ || 18||



18. dʰiṣvava·Ao2s«√dʰā vajranmsa gabʰastinmdl  
     (rakṣasnms-hatyanns)nnsd vajrivatjmsv |
     sāsahīṣṭʰāsvpIA·2s«√sah abʰip spṛdʰnfpa 



18. Put the thunderbolt into hands
    to slay guarding impulses, O thunderbolt-bearer!
    Thou shall overcome adversaries again and again!
------



pratnáṃ rayīṇā́ṃ yújaṃ sákʰāyaṃ kīricódanam |
bráhmavāhastamaṃ huve || 19||



19. pratnajmsa rayinmpg yujnmsa  
     sakʰinmsa (kīrinms-codanajms)jmsa |
     brahmavāhastamajmsa huveva·A·1s«√hū 



19. I call upon him who is best conveyed by a formulation,
    inspiring praisers companion,
    primordial yokemate of treasures.



sá hí víśvāni pā́rtʰivām̐ éko vásūni pátyate |
gírvaṇastamo ádʰriguḥ || 20||



20. sasr3msn hic viśvajnpa pārtʰivajnpa  
     ekajmsn vasunnpa patyatevp·A·3s«√pat |
     girvaṇastamajmsn adʰrigujmsn 



20. Since he alone controls all earthly benefits,
    he, who is the most longing for a chant, [is] irresistible.



sá no niyúdbʰirā́ pṛṇa kā́maṃ vā́jebʰiraśvíbʰiḥ |
gómadbʰirgopate dʰṛṣát || 21||



21. sasr3msn vayamr1mpg niyutjfpi āp pṛṇavp·Ao2s«√pṝ  
     kāmanmsa vājanmpi aśvinjmpi |
     gomatjmpi (gonfs-patinms)nmsv dʰṛṣatjmsn 



21. Such --- daring --- satisfy our longing with innate [waters],
    with employing horses⁵ rushes of vigour,
    that are rich in evocative words⁶, O master of evocative expressions⁷!
------



tádvo gāya suté sácā puruhūtā́ya sátvane |
śáṃ yádgáve ná śākíne || 22||



22. tadr3nsa tvamr2mpd gāyavp·Ao2s«√gai sutanmsl sacāa  
     (purua-hūtajms)jmsd satvannmsd |
     śama yadr3nsn gonmsd nac śākinnmsd 



22. Let thou sing at a pressing for ye this
    which for much-called-upon fighter,
    for as able as an ox one, [is] auspicious.



ná gʰā vásurní yamate dānáṃ vā́jasya gómataḥ |
yátsīmúpa śrávadgíraḥ || 23||



23. nac gʰac vasujmsn nip yamateva·A·3s«√yam  
     dānannsa vājanmsg gomatjmsg |
     yadc sīmr3fpa upap śravatvp·AE3s«√śru girnfpa 



23. At least, the beneficial one would not hold back
    the gift of rich in cows rush of vigour
    when he shall give ear to such chants.



kuvítsasya prá hí vrajáṃ gómantaṃ dasyuhā́ gámat |
śácībʰirápa no varat || 24||



24. kuvitsanmsg prap hic vrajanmsa  
     gomatjmsa (dasyunms-hanjms)jmsn gamatvp·AE3s«√gam |
     śacīnfpi apap vayamr1mpd varatvp·AE3s«√vṛ 



24. Though he, slaying impulses to suffer want, 
    will set out to rich in cows⁸ enclosure of any one,
    with [his] enabling powers he shall uncover [it] for us.
------



imā́ u tvā śatakrato'bʰí prá ṇonuvurgíraḥ |
índra vatsáṃ ná mātáraḥ || 25||



25. ayamr3fpn uc tvamr2msa (śatau-kratunms)jmsv  
     abʰip prap nonuvurvp·I·3p«√nu girnfpn |
     indraNmsv vatsanmsa nac mātṛnfpn 



25. These chants have found their way
    to thee, O having hundred wiles one,
    like mothers to a calf.



dūṇā́śaṃ sakʰyáṃ táva gaúrasi vīra gavyaté |
áśvo aśvāyaté bʰava || 26||



26. dūṇaśajnsn sakʰyannsn tvamr2msg  
     gonmsn asivp·A·2s«√as vīranmsv gavyanttp·Amsd«√gavy |
     aśvanmsn aśvayanttp·Amsd«√aśvay bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū 



26. Like-mindedness with thee is difficult to attain;
    thou, O hero, is an ox for him who is seeking cows,
    become a stallion for him who seeks horses!



sá mandasvā hyándʰaso rā́dʰase tanvā̀ mahé |
ná stotā́raṃ nidé karaḥ || 27||



27. sasr3msn mandasvava·Ao2s«√mand hic andʰasnnsg  
     rādʰasnnsd tanūnfsi mahjnsd |
     nac stotṛnmsa nidnfsd karasvp·AE2s«√kṛ 



27. Such thou inflame thyself with the herb
    to accomplish by thyself the strong desire,
    do not make the hymn-singer an object of ridicule!⁹



imā́ u tvā sutésute nákṣante girvaṇo gíraḥ |
vatsáṃ gā́vo ná dʰenávaḥ || 28||



28. ayamr3fsn uc tvamr2msa (sutanmsl-sutanmsl)a nakṣanteva·A·3p«√nakṣ girvaṇasjmsv girnfpn |
     vatsanmsa gonfpn nac dʰenujfpn 



28. At every Soma libation these chants
    approach thee, O longing for a chant,
    like giving milk cows [approach] a calf,



purūtámaṃ purūṇā́ṃ stotṝṇā́ṃ vívāci |
vā́jebʰirvājayatā́m || 29||



29. purutamajmsa purujmpg  
     stotṛnmpg vivācnfsl |
     vājanmpi vājayanttp·Ampg«√vājay 



29. [thee who is] the best-among-many
    at a shout-contest of many hymn-singers,
    with rushes of vigour of those employing a rush of vigour.



asmā́kamindra bʰūtu te stómo vā́hiṣṭʰo ántamaḥ |
asmā́nrāyé mahé hinu || 30||



30. vayamr1mpg indraNmsv bʰūtuvp·Ao3s«√bʰū tvamr2msa  
     stomanmsn vāhiṣṭʰajmsn antamajmsn |
     vayamr1mpa rainmsd mahjmsd hinuvp·Ao2s«√hi 



30. Let our hymn of praise, best conveying [thee],
    becomes the nearest [to thee]!
    Impel the great treasure towards us! ------



ádʰi bṛbúḥ paṇīnā́ṃ várṣiṣṭʰe mūrdʰánnastʰāt |
urúḥ kákṣo ná gāṅgyáḥ || 31||



31. adʰip bṛbuNmsn paṇinmpg varṣiṣṭʰajmsl mūrdʰannmsl astʰātvp·U·3s«√stʰā |
     urujmsn kakṣanmsn nac gāṅgyajmsn 



31. Bṛbu¹⁰ has ascended 
    the uppermost summit of the niggards
    [that is] spacious as the lurking place on the Ganges,



yásya vāyóriva dravádbʰadrā́ rātíḥ sahasríṇī |
sadyó dānā́ya máṃhate || 32||



32. yasr3msg vāyunmsg ivac dravatvp·AE3s«√dru bʰadrājfsn rātinfsn sahasriṇījfsn |
     sadyasa dānannsd maṃhateva·A·3s«√maṃh 



32. of which auspicious thousandfold gift 
    shall hasten like [that] of Vāyu.
    In an instant it increases to bestow [that gift].



tátsú no víśve aryá ā́ sádā gṛṇanti kārávaḥ |
bṛbúṃ sahasradā́tamaṃ sūríṃ sahasrasā́tamam || 33||



33. tadr3nsa sujnsa vayamr1mpg viśvajmpn arijmsb āp  
     sadāa gṛṇantivp·A·3p«√gṝ kārunmpn |
     bṛbuNmsa sahasradātamajmsa  
     sūrinmsa (sahasrau-sātamajms)jmsa 



33. That much all of us [get] from him who tends upwards¹¹;
    singers of eulogies always extol¹²
    best at giving thousands Bṛbu [and]
    best-at-procuring-thousand[-gifts] institutor of the sacrifice.


1 beliefs that are strongholds of self
2 or, ``auditory impression''
3 Soma
4 ``disengaging overseer'' --- prob. means ``resolving conflicts between allied tribes''
5 that is, employing rapid strong pulse throughout the body
6 lit. ``cows''
7 lit. ``cows''
8 = evocative expressions
9 same as 3.41.6
10 most likely, the inner Soma
11 that is, the inner Soma
12 these two lines are the same as 8.94.3ab


Sūkta 6.46 

tvā́míddʰí hávāmahe sātā́ vā́jasya kārávaḥ |
tvā́ṃ vṛtréṣvindra sátpatiṃ nárastvā́ṃ kā́ṣṭʰāsvárvataḥ || 1||



1.  tvamr2msa idc hic havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū  
    sātinfsl vājanmsg kārunmpn |
    tvamr2msa vṛtrannpl indraNmsv (satjms-patinms)nmsa  
    nṛnmpn tvamr2msa kāṣṭʰānfpl arvatnmpn 



1.  Since it is just thee we, singers of eulogies,
    call upon when obtaining a rush of vigour,
    thee, O Indra, overseer of what's real midst obstacles,
    thee [we,] men, [being] coursers on racetracks, [call upon].



sá tváṃ naścitra vajrahasta dʰṛṣṇuyā́ mahá stavānó adrivaḥ |
gā́máśvaṃ ratʰyàmindra sáṃ kira satrā́ vā́jaṃ ná jigyúṣe || 2||



2.  sasr3msn tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd citrajmsv (vajranms-hastanms)jmsv  
    dʰṛṣṇuyāa mahajmsn stavānajmsn adrivatjmsv |
    gonfsa aśvanmsa ratʰyajmsa indraNmsv samp kiravp·Ao2s«√kṝ  
    satrāa vājanmsa nac jigivaṅstp·Amsd«√ji 



2.  Such thou, O conspicuous thunderbolt-in-hand one,
    being daringly praised as mighty, O stone-wielder,
    throw together for us a cow¹, an accustomed to chariot horse, O Indra,
    by all means a rush of vigour --- as if to him who has conquered!



yáḥ satrāhā́ vícarṣaṇiríndraṃ táṃ hūmahe vayám |
sáhasramuṣka túvinṛmṇa sátpate bʰávā samátsu no vṛdʰé || 3||



3.  yasr3msn (satrāa-hanjms)jmsn vicarṣaṇijmsn indraNmsa tasr3msa hūmaheva·A·1p«√hve vayamr1mpn |
    (sahasrau-muṣkanms)jmsv (tuvia-nṛmṇanns)jmsv (satjms-patinms)nmsv bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū samadnfpl vayamr1mpa vṛdʰnfsd 



3.  Who [is] always slaying [Vṛtra], disengaging,
    that Indra we summon.
    O thousand-testicled, having much courage overseer of what's real!
    Become conducive to strengthening us in clashes!



bā́dʰase jánānvṛṣabʰéva manyúnā gʰṛ́ṣau mīḷhá ṛcīṣama |
asmā́kaṃ bodʰyavitā́ mahādʰané tanū́ṣvapsú sū́rye || 4||



4.  bādʰaseva·A·2s«√bādʰ jananmpa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jnpn ivac manyunmsi gʰṛṣujnsl mīḷhannsl (ṛcnfsl-iṣamanns)jmsv |
    vayamr1mpg bodʰivp·Ao2s«√bʰū avitṛnmsn (mahajns-dʰananns)nnsl tanūnfpl apnfpl sūryanmsl 



4.  Thou drive away people --- like resembling a bull [weapons]² ---
    with [thy] rage in a spirited contest, O sought with a verse! 
    In a great battle become our helper
    in [our] bodies, in waters³, in the sun⁴.



índra jyéṣṭʰaṃ na ā́ bʰaram̐ ójiṣṭʰaṃ pápuri śrávaḥ |
yénemé citra vajrahasta ródasī óbʰé suśipra prā́ḥ || 5||



5.  indraNmsv jyeṣṭʰajnsa vayamr1mpd āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ  
    ojiṣṭʰajnsa papurijnsa śravasnnsa |
    yadr3nsi ayamr3nda citrajmsv (vajranms-hastanms)jmsv rodasnnsa  
    āp ubʰajnda suśiprajmsv prāsvp·AE2s«√prā 



5.  O Indra, bring here for us
    most excellent, most fierce, bounteous auditory impression
    with which, O manifold thunderbolt-in-hand one,
    thou shall fill both Rodas-es.



tvā́mugrámávase carṣaṇīsáhaṃ rā́jandevéṣu hūmahe |
víśvā sú no vitʰurā́ pibdanā́ vaso'mítrānsuṣáhānkṛdʰi || 6||



6.  tvamr2msa ugrajmsa avasnnsd (carṣaṇijms-sahjms)jmsa  
    rājannmsv devanmpl hūmaheva·A·1p«√hve |
    viśvannpa sup vayamr1mpg vitʰurajnpa pibdanajnpa vasujmsv  
    amitrajmpa suṣahajmpa kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ 



6.  Thee, who is ferocious, prevailing over those that draw to themselves⁵,
    O chieftain among deva-s, we summon to help.
    Quickly [make] firm all our shaky [things], O beneficial one,
    make hostiles easy-to-overcome!



yádindra nā́huṣīṣvā́m̐ ójo nṛmṇáṃ ca kṛṣṭíṣu |
yádvā páñca kṣitīnā́ṃ dyumnámā́ bʰara satrā́ víśvāni paúṃsyā || 7||



7.  yadr3nsn indraNmsv nāhuṣijfpl āp ojasnnsn  
    nṛmṇannsn cac kṛṣṭinfpl |
    yadr3nsnc pañcau kṣitinfpg dyumnannsn āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ  
    satrāa viśvajnpa pauṃsyannpa 



7.  What vigour and courage, O Indra,
    [there is] among neighboring tribes,
    or what power to illuminate of the five clans⁶ [there is],
    always bring here manly strengths!



yádvā tṛkṣaú magʰavandruhyā́vā́ jáne yátpūraú kácca vṛ́ṣṇyam |
asmábʰyaṃ tádrirīhi sáṃ nṛṣā́hye'mítrānpṛtsú turváṇe || 8||



8.  yadr3nsnc tṛkṣiNmsl magʰavanjmsv druhyuNmsl āp janajmsl  
    yadr3nsn pūruNmsl kadr3nsn cac vṛṣṇyannsn |
    vayamr1mpd tadr3nsa rirīhivp·Ao2s«√rā samp (nṛnms-sāhyanns)jnsl  
    amitranmpa pṛtnfpl turvaṇev···D··«√turv 



8.  Or what virility [is there], O generous one, in Tṛkṣi,
    Druhyu people, and whatever in a commoner,
    grant us all that at a prevailing over men ---
    to overpower hostiles in battles.



índra tridʰā́tu śaraṇáṃ trivárūtʰaṃ svastimát |
cʰardíryacʰa magʰávadbʰyaśca máhyaṃ ca yāváyā didyúmebʰyaḥ || 9||



9.  indraNmsv (triu-dʰātunns)nnsa śaraṇannsa  
    (triu-varūtʰanns)jnsa svastimatjnsa |
    cʰardisnnsa yacʰavp·Ao2s«√yam magʰavatjmpd cac ahamr1msd cac  
    yāvayavpCAo2s«√yu didyunmsa ayamr3mpb 



9.  O Indra, consisting of three components,
    having three armors, conferring well-being shelter ---
    a fence --- hold up for generous ones and for me!
    Ward off an arrow from these



yé gavyatā́ mánasā śátrumādabʰúrabʰipragʰnánti dʰṛṣṇuyā́ |
ádʰa smā no magʰavannindra girvaṇastanūpā́ ántamo bʰava || 10||



10. yasr3mpn gavyatjnsi manasnnsi śatrunmsa ādabʰurvp·U·3p«ā~√dabʰ abʰipragʰnantivp·A·3p«abʰi-pra~√han dʰṛṣṇuyāa |
     adʰac smac vayamr1mpg magʰavanjmsv indraNmsv girvaṇasjmsv  
     (tanūnfs-pājms)nmsn antamajmsn bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū 



10. who with mind accompanied by evocative expressions,
    having deceived the foe⁷, daringly strike at [it].
    Then as ever, O generous longing for a song Indra,
    become nearest protector of our bodies!



ádʰa smā no vṛdʰé bʰavéndra nāyámavā yudʰí |
yádantárikṣe patáyanti parṇíno didyávastigmámūrdʰānaḥ || 11||



11. adʰac smac vayamr1mpa vṛdʰnfsd bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū  
     indraNmsv nāyanmsa avavp·Ao2s«√av yudʰnfsl |
     yadc (antara-īkṣajms)nnsl patayantivpCA·3p«√pat  
     parṇinjmpn didyunmpn (tigmajms-mūrdʰannms)jmpn 



11. Then as ever, be conducive to strengthening us,
    O Indra, favor [our] leader in a clash
    when fletched⁸ sharp-pointed arrows
    fly through the intermediate space⁹.



yátra śū́rāsastanvò vitanvaté priyā́ śárma pitṝṇā́m |
ádʰa smā yacʰa tanvè táne ca cʰardíracíttaṃ yāváya dvéṣaḥ || 12||



12. yatrac śūranmpn tanūnfpa vitanvateva·A·3p«vi~√tan  
     priyājfsn śarmannnsa pitṛnmpg |
     adʰac smac yacʰavp·Ao2s«√yam tanūnfsd tannfsd cac cʰardisnnsa  
     acittajnsa yāvayavpCAo2s«√yu dveṣasnnsa 



12. Wherever agents of change stretch [their] bodies,
    [and] beloved¹⁰ [stretches] refuge of the fathers¹¹,,
    then as ever hold up a shelter for a person and [his] offsprings,
    keep away an unnoticed hostility!



yádindra sárge árvataścodáyāse mahādʰané |
asamané ádʰvani vṛjiné patʰí śyenā́m̐ iva śravasyatáḥ || 13||



13. yadc indraNmsv sarganmsl arvatnmpa  
     codayāsevaCAe2s«√cud (mahatjns-dʰananns)nnsl |
     asamanajmsl adʰvannmsl vṛjinajmsl patʰinnmsl  
     śyenanmpa ivac śravasyattp·Ampa«√śravasy 



13. When, O Indra,
    at releasing [horses] at a great race
    thou impel coursers on an uneven course,
    like hawks on a curved path,



síndʰūm̐riva pravaṇá āśuyā́ yató yádi klóśamánu ṣváṇi |
ā́ yé váyo ná várvṛtatyā́miṣi gṛbʰītā́ bāhvórgávi || 14||



14. sindʰunmpa ivac pravaṇannsl āśunfsi yattp·Ampa«√i  
     yadic klośanmsa anup svanivp·U·3s«√svan |
     āp yasr3mpn vinmpn nac varvṛtattp·Ansl«√vṛt āmisnnsl  
     gṛbʰītajfpa bāhunmdl gonfsl 



14. like rivers moving quickly on a slope,
    when [their sound] is echoed as shout,
    [the steeds], which like birds over turning into raw flesh cow [are circling the race track],
    [are] firmly held in two arms --- [hold up the shelter!]


1 evocative expression
2 after 2.16.6b
3 = inner waters
4 maṇipūra cakra
5 senses
6 ``the senses''
7 prob. Vṛtra
8 lit. ``having wings''
9 air
10 prob. the Dawn Uṣas, or the Night Rātri
11 ``refuge of the fathers'' is prob. ``dark starry sky''


Sūkta 6.47 

svādúṣkílāyáṃ mádʰumām̐ utā́yáṃ tīvráḥ kílāyáṃ rásavām̐ utā́yám |
utó nvàsyá papivā́ṃsamíndraṃ ná káścaná sahata āhavéṣu || 1||



1.  svādujmsn kilaa ayamr3msn madʰumatjmsn utac ayamr3msn  
    tīvrajmsn kilaa ayamr3msn rasavantjmsn utac ayamr3msn |
    utac uc nuc ayamr3msg papivaṅstp·Imsa«√pā indraNmsa nac kasr3msn canac sahateva·A·3s«√sah āhavanmpl 



1.  Assuredly this is palatable, and this is rich in honey,
    assuredly this is pungent, and this is full of sap.
    And now, at challenges [to a fight], no one
    prevails over Indra who has drunk of it.



ayáṃ svādúrihá mádiṣṭʰa āsa yásyéndro vṛtrahátye mamā́da |
purū́ṇi yáścyautnā́ śámbarasya ví navatíṃ náva ca dehyò hán || 2||



2.  ayamr3msn svādujmsn ihac madiṣṭʰajmsn āsavp·I·3s«√as  
    yasr3msg indraNmsn (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd mamādavp·I·3s«√mad |
    purujnpa yasr3msn cyautnajnpa śambaraNmsg  
    vip navatiu navau cac dehīnfpa hanvp·UE3s«√han 



2.  Palatable one has become the sweetest --- this here
    which Indra has reveled in to slay Vṛtra ---
    [Indra,] who should have dispersed many contrivances
    and ninety nine walls of Śambara.



ayáṃ me pītá údiyarti vā́camayáṃ manīṣā́muśatī́majīgaḥ |
ayáṃ ṣáḷurvī́ramimīta dʰī́ro ná yā́bʰyo bʰúvanaṃ káccanā́ré || 3||



3.  ayamr3msn ahamr1msg pītajmsn udp iyartivp·A·3s«√ṛ vācnfsa  
    ayamr3msn manīṣānfsa uśatītp·Afsa«√vaś ajīgarvpCU·3s«√jāgṛ |
    ayamr3msn ṣaṣu urvīnfpa amimītava·Aa3s«√mā dʰīrajmsn  
    nacr3fpb bʰuvanannsa kadc canac ārea 



3.  This one¹, [when it is] drunk, rouses my speech,
    this one has awakened an eager [for action] conception,
    this, facilitating contemplations one, marked off six spaces ---
    [there is] no in any way a place of existence far away from those.



ayáṃ sá yó varimā́ṇaṃ pṛtʰivyā́ varṣmā́ṇaṃ divó ákṛṇodayáṃ sáḥ |
ayáṃ pīyū́ṣaṃ tisṛ́ṣu pravátsu sómo dādʰārorvàntárikṣam || 4||



4.  ayamr3msn sasr3msn yasr3msn varimannmsa pṛtʰivīnfsg  
    varṣmannmsa dyunmsg akṛnotvp·Aa3s«√kṛ ayamr3msn sasr3msn |
    ayamr3msn pīyūṣanmsa tisṛu pravatnfpl  
    somanmsn dādʰāravp·I·3s«√dʰṛ urujnsa (antara-īkṣajms)nnsa 



4.  Such this one² that effected the expanse of the Earth
    [and] the height of the Heaven --- such this one
    [effected] ambrosia at three heavenly heights ---
    Soma has maintained wide intermediate space.



ayáṃ vidaccitradṛ́śīkamárṇaḥ śukrásadmanāmuṣásāmánīke |
ayáṃ mahā́nmahatā́ skámbʰanenóddyā́mastabʰnādvṛṣabʰó marútvān || 5||



5.  ayamr3msn vidatvp·UE3s«√vid (citrajns-dṛśīkajns)jnsa arṇasnnsa  
    (śukrajns-sadmannns)jmpg uṣasnfpg anīkannsl |
    ayamr3msn mahatjmsn mahatjnsi skambʰanannsi  
    udc dyunmsa astabʰnātvp·Aa3s«√stambʰ (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jnsn marutvantjmsn 



5.  This one has found conspicuous worthy-to-behold flooding waters
    at appearance of having-the-translucent-one³-as-the-abode dawns.
    This mighty one with the mighty pillar propped up the Heaven,
    [he,] being accompanied by Marut-s, resembling a bull.



dʰṛṣátpiba kaláśe sómamindra vṛtrahā́ śūra samaré vásūnām |
mā́dʰyaṃdine sávana ā́ vṛṣasva rayistʰā́no rayímasmā́su dʰehi || 6||



6.  dʰṛṣatjmsn pibavp·Ao2s«√pā kalaśanmsl somanmsa indraNmsv  
    (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmsn śūranmsv samaranmsl vasunnpg |
    mādʰyaṃdinajnsl savanannsl āp vṛṣasvava·Ao2s«√vṛṣ  
    (rayinms-stʰānanns)jmsn rayinmsa vayamr1mpl dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā 



6.  Daring, do drink the Soma in the jar, O Indra!
    At a confluence of beneficial things [thou are] the slayer of Vṛtra, O agent of change!
    At a midday pressing pour for thyself [Soma]!
    Being in the treasure, put the treasure into us!
------



índra prá ṇaḥ puraetéva paśya prá no naya prataráṃ vásyo ácʰa |
bʰávā supāró atipārayó no bʰávā súnītirutá vāmánītiḥ || 7||



7.  indraNmsv prap vayamr1mpd (purasa-etṛnms)nmsn ivac paśyavp·Ao2s«√paś  
    prap vayamr1mpa nayavp·Ao2s«√nī vasyasjnsa acʰap |
    bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū supārajmsn atipārayajmsn vayamr1mpd  
    bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū sunītijmsn utac vāmanītijmsn 



7.  O Indra, for our sake look forth as a leader,
    guide us forth to what is better!
    Become giving an easy passage [and] more than sufficient for us!
    Become well-guiding and striving to guide!



urúṃ no lokámánu neṣi vidvā́nsvarvajjyótirábʰayaṃ svastí |
ṛṣvā́ ta indra stʰávirasya bāhū́ úpa stʰeyāma śaraṇā́ bṛhántā || 8||



8.  urujmsa vayamr1mpa lokanmsa anup neṣivp·Ue2s«√nī vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid  
    svarvatjnsa jyotisnnsa abʰayannsa svastinfsa |
    ṛṣvajmda tvamr2msg indraNmsv stʰavirajmsg bāhunmda upap stʰeyāmavp·AI1p«√stʰā śaraṇajmda bṛhatnmda 



8.  Thou, knowing, shall lead us along a wide space 
    towards possessing sva`r light, fearlessness, well-being.
    May we stand close to the two helping in dire straights
    mighty arms of thee, O Indra, of the enduring one!



váriṣṭʰe na indra vandʰúre dʰā váhiṣṭʰayoḥ śatāvannáśvayorā́ |
íṣamā́ vakṣīṣā́ṃ várṣiṣṭʰāṃ mā́ nastārīnmagʰavanrā́yo aryáḥ || 9||



9.  variṣṭʰajnsl vayamr1mpa indraNmsv vandʰurannsl dʰāsvp·UE2s«√dʰā  
    vahiṣṭʰajmdl śatavanjmsv aśvanmdl āp |
    iṣnfsa āp vakṣiva·Ue2s«√vah iṣnfpg varṣiṣṭʰājfsac vayamr1mpg tārītvp·UE3s«√tṝ magʰavanjmsv rainmpa arijmsg 



9.  Thou, O Indra, shall place us into the widest chariot seat
    on two best-drawing [it] horses, O having hundreds [of those]!
    So that thou fetch the most excellent draught of [all] draughts,
    do not pass over our riches of tending upwards one⁴, O generous one!
------



índra mṛḷá máhyaṃ jīvā́tumicʰa codáya dʰíyamáyaso ná dʰā́rām |
yátkíṃ cāháṃ tvāyúridáṃ vádāmi tájjuṣasva kṛdʰí mā devávantam || 10||



10. indraNmsv mṛḷavp·Ao2s«√mṛḷ ahamr1msd jīvātunfsa icʰavp·Ao2s«√iṣ  
     codayavpCAo2s«√cud dʰīnfsa ayasnmsg nac dʰārānfsa |
     yadr3nsa kir3nsa cac ahamr1msn (tvamr2msa-yujms)jmsn ayamr3nsa vadāmivp·A·1s«√vad  
     tadr3nsa juṣasvava·Ao2s«√juṣ kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ ahamr1msa devavantjmsa 



10. Be kind to me, O Indra, animate [me] to be alive!
    Impel the visualization as if [it were] a metal blade!
    And whatever this here I, seeking thee, say,
    that enjoy! Make me accompanied by deva-s!



trātā́ramíndramavitā́ramíndraṃ hávehave suhávaṃ śū́ramíndram |
hváyāmi śakráṃ puruhūtámíndraṃ svastí no magʰávā dʰātvíndraḥ || 11||



11. trātṛnmsa indraNmsa avitṛnmsa indraNmsa  
     (havanmsl-havanmsl)a suhavajmsa śūranmsa indraNmsa |
     hvayāmivp·A·1s«√hve śakrajmsa (purua-hūtajms)jmsa indraNmsa  
     svastinfsa vayamr1mpd magʰavanjmsn dʰātuvp·Ao3s«√dʰā indraNmsn 



11. Indra [who is] a defender, Indra [who is] a helper
    Indra [who] at invocation-after-invocation [is] an easy-to-summon agent of change
    I call upon --- much invoked empowering Indra.
    May generous Indra set up for us well-being!



índraḥ sutrā́mā svávām̐ ávobʰiḥ sumṛḷīkó bʰavatu viśvávedāḥ |
bā́dʰatāṃ dvéṣo ábʰayaṃ kṛṇotu suvī́ryasya pátayaḥ syāma || 12||



12. indraNmsn sutrāmanjmsn svavasjmsn avasnnpi  
     sumṛḷīkajmsn bʰavatuvp·Ao3s«√bʰū (viśvanns-vedasnns)jmsn |
     bādʰatāmvp·Ao3s«√bādʰ dveṣasnnsa abʰayannsa kṛnotuvp·Ao3s«√kṛ  
     suvīryannsg patinmpn syāmavp·Ai1p«√as 



12. Let Indra become a good protector, a good helper by means of [his] favours,
    very compassionate one whose knowledge is embracing everything!
    Let he repel hostility, let he effect fearlessness
    [so that] we could be masters of the manly vigour!
------



tásya vayáṃ sumataú yajñíyasyā́pi bʰadré saumanasé syāma |
sá sutrā́mā svávām̐ índro asmé ārā́cciddvéṣaḥ sanutáryuyotu || 13||



13. tasr3msg vayamr1mpn sumatinfsl yajñiyajmsg  
     apip bʰadrajmsl saumanasajmsl syāmavp·Ai1p«√as |
     sasr3msn sutrāmanjmsn svavasjmsn indraNmsn vayamr1mpd  
     ārāta cidc dveṣasnnsa sanutara yuyotuvp·Ao3s«√yu 



13. May we be in good graces of him [who is] worthy of sacrifice
    and also in auspicious cheerfulness!
    Let Indra --- such good protector, good helper for us ---
    even from afar drive away [any] hostility.



áva tvé indra praváto nórmírgíro bráhmāṇi niyúto dʰavante |
urū́ ná rā́dʰaḥ sávanā purū́ṇyapó gā́ vajrinyuvase sámíndūn || 14||



14. avap tvamr2msl indraNmsv pravatnfpa nac ūrminmsn  
     girnfpn brahmannnpn niyutnfpn dʰavanteva·A·3p«√dʰav |
     urujnsn nac rādʰasnnsn savanannpa purujnpa  
     apnfpa gonfpa vajrinnmsv yuvaseva·A·2s«√yu samp indunmpa 



14. Into thee, O Indra, songs, formulations as teams
    hasten like a wave [along] slopes;
    as an excessive satisfaction of thy, O thunderbolt-wielder, desire thou take into thyself
    many pressings, waters, evocative expressions⁵, drops of pure Soma.
------



ká īṃ stavatkáḥ pṛṇātkó yajāte yádugrámínmagʰávā viśváhā́vet |
pā́dāviva prahárannanyámanyaṃ kṛṇóti pū́rvamáparaṃ śácībʰiḥ || 15||



15. kasr3msn īmr3msa stavatvp·AE3s«√stu kasr3msn pṛṇātvp·Ae3s«√pṝ kasr3msn yajāteva·Ae3s«√yaj  
     yadc ugrajmsa idc magʰavanjmsn viśvahāa avetvp·Ai3s«√av |
     pādanmda ivac praharanttp·Amsn«pra~√hṛ (anyajns-anyajns)a  
     kṛṇotivp·A·3s«√kṛ pūrvajmsa aparajmsa śacīnfpi 



15. Who shall extol him, who would fill [him], who would sacrifice [to him]
    if the generous one were always helping only a ferocious one?
    Like someone moving forth both feet --- one-after-another,
    with [his] enabling powers he makes him who follows to be in front.



śṛṇvé vīrá ugrámugraṃ damāyánnanyámanyamatinenīyámānaḥ |
edʰamānadvíḷubʰáyasya rā́jā coṣkūyáte víśa índro manuṣyā̀n || 16||



16. śṛṇvevp·A·3s«√śru vīranmsn (ugrajns-ugrajns)a damayanttpCAmsn«√dam  
     (anyajns-anyajns)a atinenīyamānataIAmsn«ati~√nī |
     (edʰamānajms-dviṣjms)jmsn ubʰayajmsg rājannmsn  
     coṣkūyatevaIA·3s«√sku viśnfsg indraNmsn manuṣyajmpa 



16. The hero is famed to subdue every ferocious [warrior];
    he is continually leading one [warrior] after another beyond [what they dare to do].
    Hostile to those who grow big with self-importance⁶, [being] chieftain of both [sides],
    Indra keeps prodding most manly ones of a tribe.



párā pū́rveṣāṃ sakʰyā́ vṛṇakti vitárturāṇo áparebʰireti |
ánānubʰūtīravadʰūnvānáḥ pūrvī́ríndraḥ śarádastartarīti || 17||



17. parajnpa pūrvajmpg sakʰyannpa vṛṇaktivp·A·3s«√vṛj  
     vitarturāṇatpIAmsn«vi~√tṝ aparajmpi etivp·A·3s«√i |
     ananubʰūtījfpa avadʰūnvānata·Amsn«ava~√dʰū pūrvījfpa indraNmsn śaradnfpa tartarītivpIA·3s«√tṝ 



17. He uproots [his] previous relationships with those in front
    continually double-crossing⁷ [them], he goes with those in the rear.
    Shaking off many non-memorable autumns
    Indra passes over [to another adept].
------



rūpáṃrūpaṃ prátirūpo babʰūva tádasya rūpáṃ praticákṣaṇāya |
índro māyā́bʰiḥ pururū́pa īyate yuktā́ hyasya hárayaḥ śatā́ dáśa || 18||



18. (rūpanns-rūpanns)a pratirūpajmsn babʰūvavp·I·3s«√bʰū  
     tadr3nsn ayamr3msg rūpannsn praticakṣaṇannsd |
     indraNmsn māyānfpi (purujns-rūpanns)jmsn īyatevaIA·3s«√i  
     yuktajmpn hic ayamr3msg harijmpn śatau daśau 



18. He has assumed likeness to a form after form⁸;
    this form of his [is just] for looking at.
    Having multiple forms by means of [his] powers to frame [cognition],
    Indra is continuously on the move because his ten hundred tawny ones are yoked.



yujānó harítā rátʰe bʰū́ri tváṣṭehá rājati |
kó viśvā́hā dviṣatáḥ pákṣa āsata utā́sīneṣu sūríṣu || 19||



19. yujānata·Amsn«√yuj haritjmda ratʰanmsl  
     bʰūria tvaṣṭṛNmsn ihac rājativp·A·3s«√rāj |
     kasr3msn viśvāhāa dviṣatjmsg pakṣasnnsa āsateva·A·3s«√ās  
     utac āsīnajmpl sūrinmpl 



19. Repeatedly yoking two tawny ones to the chariot,
    Tvaṣṭṛ rules here.
    Who [would] always remain on the side of a hostile one?
    And also [who would be such] among seated [here] institutors of the sacrifice?
------



agavyūtí kṣétramā́ganma devā urvī́ satī́ bʰū́miraṃhūraṇā́bʰūt |
bṛ́haspate prá cikitsā gáviṣṭāvittʰā́ saté jaritrá indra pántʰām || 20||



20. (agonfs-yūtinfs)jnsa kṣetrannsa āp aganmavp·Aa1p«√gam devanmpv  
     urvījfsn satījfsn bʰūminfsn aṃhūraṇājfsn abʰūtvp·U·3s«√bʰū |
     bṛhaspatiNmsv prap cikitsavpDAo2s«√cit (gonfs-iṣṭinfs)nmsl ittʰāc satjmsd jaritṛnmsd indraNmsv patʰinnmsa 



20. We came to a region that lacks pastures, O deva-s!
    Large actual territory turned out to be distressing.
    O Bṛhaspati, intent to notice [some] way [to succeed], O Indra,
    for the present invoker [who is] thus in a foray for cows.



divédive sadṛ́śīranyámárdʰaṃ kṛṣṇā́ asedʰadápa sádmano jā́ḥ |
áhandāsā́ vṛṣabʰó vasnayántodávraje varcínaṃ śámbaraṃ ca || 21||



21. (divanmsl-divanmsl)a sadṛśījfsn anyajmsa ardʰanmsa  
     kṛṣṇājfpa asedʰatvp·Aa3s«√sidʰ apap sadmannnsbnfpa |
     ahanvp·Aa3s«√han dāsanmda (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jnsn vasnayanttp·Amda«√vasnay  
     (udanns-vrajanms)nmsl varcinNmsa śambaraNmsa cac 



21. Day-after-day same sight. He did drive away from [their] seat⁹
    black descendants¹⁰ [of the distress] to the other side¹¹,
    he, appearing as a bull, did slay two haggling fiends
    at the enclosure of waters --- Varcin and Śambara.
------



prastoká ínnú rā́dʰasasta indra dáśa kóśayīrdáśa vājíno'dāt |
dívodāsādatitʰigvásya rā́dʰaḥ śāmbaráṃ vásu prátyagrabʰīṣma || 22||



22. prastokanmsn idc nuc rādʰasnnsg tvamr2msg indraNmsv  
     daśau kośayīnfpa daśau vājinnmpa adātvp·U·3s«√dā |
     (dyunmsg-dāsanms)Nmsb atitʰigvaNmsg rādʰasnnsa  
     śāmbarajnsa vasunnsa pratip agrabʰīṣmavp·U·1p«√grah 



22. Even he, who is before the spark¹² of thy favour, O Indra,
    has given at once ten mares(?), ten capable of a rush of vigour [stallions].
    From Divodāsa we accepted the gift of Atitʰigva,
    the wealth belonging to Śambara.



dáśā́śvāndáśa kóśāndáśa vástrā́dʰibʰojanā |
dáśo hiraṇyapiṇḍā́ndívodāsādasāniṣam || 23||



23. daśau aśvanmpa daśau kośanmpa daśau vastrannpa adʰibʰojanannpa |
     daśau uc (hiraṇyajms-piṇḍanms)nmpa (dyunmsg-dāsanms)Nmsb asāniṣamvp·U·1s«√san 



23. Ten horses, ten casks, ten garments, additional items,
    and ten gold ingots I procured from Divodāsa.



dáśa rátʰānpráṣṭimataḥ śatáṃ gā́ átʰarvabʰyaḥ |
aśvatʰáḥ pāyáve'dāt || 24||



24. daśau ratʰanmpa praṣṭimatjmpa śatau gonfpa atʰarvannmpd |
     aśvatʰaNmsn pāyunmsd adātvp·U·3s«√dā 



24. Ten having side-horses chariots
    hundred cows Aśvatʰa has given to
    atʰarvan-s, [and] to the protectors.



máhi rā́dʰo viśvájanyaṃ dádʰānānbʰarádvājānsārñjayó abʰyàyaṣṭa || 25||



25. mahijnsa rādʰasnnsa (viśvajms-janyajms)jnsa dadʰānata·Ampa«√dʰā  
     bʰaradvājaNmpa sarñjayaNmsn abʰip ayaṣṭavp·U·3s«√yaj 



25. Descendant of Sṛñjaya honored with sacrifices Bʰaradvāja-s
    who are bestowing a great gift for everyone [to use].
------



vánaspate vīḍvàṅgo hí bʰūyā́ asmátsakʰā pratáraṇaḥ suvī́raḥ |
góbʰiḥ sáṃnaddʰo asi vīḷáyasvāstʰātā́ te jayatu jétvāni || 26||



26. (vanasnns-patinms)nmsv (vīḷujms-aṅganms)jmsn hic bʰūyāsvp·Ai2s«√bʰū  
     (vayamr1mpb-sakʰinms)jmsn prataraṇajmsn suvīrajmsn |
     gonfpi saṃnaddʰajmsn asivp·A·2s«√as vīḷayasvavaCAo2s«√vīḷ āstʰātṛnmsn tvamr2msd jayatuvp·Ao3s«√ji jetvajnpa 



26. O governed by a motive one! Since thou shall become firm-limbed,
    having us as companions, carrying forth, very manly,
    thou are harnessed by evocative expressions.
    Make thyself firm! Let he, who stands by thee, conquer what is to be conquered!



diváspṛtʰivyā́ḥ páryója údbʰṛtaṃ vánaspátibʰyaḥ páryā́bʰṛtaṃ sáhaḥ |
apā́mojmā́naṃ pári góbʰirā́vṛtamíndrasya vájraṃ havíṣā rátʰaṃ yaja || 27||



27. dyunmsb pṛtʰivīnfsb parip ojasnnsn udbʰṛtajnsn  
     (vanasnns-patinms)nmpb parip ābʰṛtajnsn sahasnnsn |
     apnfpg ojmannmsn parip gonfpi āvṛtajnsn  
     indraNmsg vajranmsa havisnnsi ratʰanmsa yajavp·Ao2s«√yaj 



27. From the Heaven, from the Earth the vigour [is] raised up;
    from governing motives overwhelming strength [is] fetched;
    the energy of [inner] waters [is] encompassed all around by evocative expressions¹³.
    Do consecrate with an oblation Indra's thunderbolt [and] chariot!
------



índrasya vájro marútāmánīkaṃ mitrásya gárbʰo váruṇasya nā́bʰiḥ |
sémā́ṃ no havyádātiṃ juṣāṇó déva ratʰa práti havyā́ gṛbʰāya || 28||



28. indraNmsg vajranmsn marutNmpg anīkannsn  
     mitraNmsg garbʰanmsn varuṇaNmsg nābʰinmsn |
     sasr3msn ayamr3fsa vayamr1mpg (havyanns-dātinfs)nfsa juṣāṇata·Amsn«√juṣ  
     devajmsv ratʰanmsv pratip havyannpa gṛbʰāyavp·Ao2s«√gṛbʰāy 



28. Indra's thunderbolt, an appearance of Marut's,
    a germ of Mitra, the junction of Varuṇa ---
    such, taking pleasure in this our gift of what is to-be-summoned,
    O divine chariot, receive to-be-summoned things!



úpa śvāsaya pṛtʰivī́mutá dyā́ṃ purutrā́ te manutāṃ víṣṭʰitaṃ jágat |
sá dundubʰe sajū́ríndreṇa devaírdūrā́ddávīyo ápa sedʰa śátrūn || 29||



29. upap śvāsayavpCAo2s«√śvas pṛtʰivīnfsa utac dyunmsa  
     purutrāa tvamr2msg manutāmvp·Ao3s«√man viṣṭʰitajnsn jagatnnsn |
     sasr3msn dundubʰinmsv sajūra indraNmsi devanmpi  
     dūrāta davīyasa apap sedʰavp·Ao2s«√sidʰ śatrunmpa 



29. Make the Earth and the Heaven gasp for air,
    let what is fixed [and] what is moving know thee in many ways!
    Such, O drum, moreover together with Indra [and] deva-s,
    do drive enemies farthest away!



ā́ krandaya bálamójo na ā́ dʰā ní ṣṭanihi duritā́ bā́dʰamānaḥ |
ápa protʰa dundubʰe ducʰúnā itá índrasya muṣṭírasi vīḷáyasva || 30||



30. āp krandayavpCAo2s«√krand balannsa ojasnnsa vayamr1mpd āp dʰāsvp·UE2s«√dʰā  
     nisp stanihivp·Ao2s«√stan duritannpa bādʰamānata·Amsn«√bādʰ |
     apap protʰavp·Ao2s«√prutʰ dundubʰinmsv ducʰunānfpa ir3nsb  
     indraNmsg muṣṭinmsa asivp·A·2s«√as vīḷayasvavaCAo2s«√vīḷ 



30. Make [our] strength absorb [thy] roar, instill into us frenzy!
    Do reverberate out[side of thyself] [thus] preventing difficulties.
    Blow off misfortunes from here, O drum,
    thou are Indra's fist, fasten thyself!



ā́mū́raja pratyā́vartayemā́ḥ ketumáddundubʰírvāvadīti |
sámáśvaparṇāścáranti no náro'smā́kamindra ratʰíno jayantu || 31||



31. āp asaur3fpa ajavp·Ao2s«√aj pratyāvartayavp·Ao2s«prati-ā~√vṛt ayamr3fpa  
     ketumatjmsn dundubʰinmsn vāvadītivpIA·3s«√vad |
     samp (aśvanms-parṇanns)jmpn carantivp·A·3p«√car vayamr1mpg nṛnmpn  
     vayamr1mpg indraNmsv ratʰinnmpn jayantuvp·Ao3p«√ji 



31. Drive here those¹⁴, make these¹⁵ turn back against [their authors]!
    Having focus [of attention] drum keeps speaking,
    our having horses for wings men congregate.
    O Indra, let our charioteers conquer!


1 extract of Soma
2 Indra
3 extract of Soma
4 inner Soma
5 lit. ``cows''
6 Hostility of Indra to those who grow big with selfimportance is reformulated in Pratyabʰijñā system as lack of the fifth action of Śiva --- anugraha which lack locks a person into his personal status quo mindset by means of three mala-s however inadequate the mindset might have become to the reality.
7 = vitarturāṇa following p.837 J&B2014
8 ``form'' prob. = ``animal spirit that possesses a warrior''
9 that is, the first step of Viṣṇu
10 dark mental obscurations --- see 9.66.24
11 the second step of Viṣṇu
12 that is, ``not inspired by Indra''
13 lit. ``cows''
14 inner waters
15 misfortunes


Sūkta 6.48 

yajñā́yajñā vo agnáye girā́girā ca dákṣase |
prápra vayámamṛ́taṃ jātávedasaṃ priyáṃ mitráṃ ná śaṃsiṣam || 1||











ūrjó nápātaṃ sá hinā́yámasmayúrdā́śema havyádātaye |
bʰúvadvā́jeṣvavitā́ bʰúvadvṛdʰá utá trātā́ tanū́nām || 2||











vṛ́ṣā hyàgne ajáro mahā́nvibʰā́syarcíṣā |
ájasreṇa śocíṣā śóśucacʰuce sudītíbʰiḥ sú dīdihi || 3||











mahó devā́nyájasi yákṣyānuṣáktáva krátvotá daṃsánā |
arvā́caḥ sīṃ kṛṇuhyagné'vase rā́sva vā́jotá vaṃsva || 4||











yámā́po ádrayo vánā gárbʰamṛtásya píprati |
sáhasā yó matʰitó jā́yate nṛ́bʰiḥ pṛtʰivyā́ ádʰi sā́navi || 5||











ā́ yáḥ papraú bʰānúnā ródasī ubʰé dʰūména dʰāvate diví |
tirástámo dadṛśa ū́rmyāsvā́ śyāvā́svaruṣó vṛ́ṣā́ śyāvā́ aruṣó vṛ́ṣā || 6||











bṛhádbʰiragne arcíbʰiḥ śukréṇa deva śocíṣā |
bʰarádvāje samidʰānó yaviṣṭʰya revánnaḥ śukra dīdihi dyumátpāvaka dīdihi || 7||











víśvāsāṃ gṛhápatirviśā́masi tvámagne mā́nuṣīṇām |
śatáṃ pūrbʰíryaviṣṭʰa pāhyáṃhasaḥ sameddʰā́raṃ śatáṃ hímā stotṛ́bʰyo yé ca dádati || 8||











tváṃ naścitrá ūtyā́ váso rā́dʰāṃsi codaya |
asyá rāyástvámagne ratʰī́rasi vidā́ gādʰáṃ tucé tú naḥ || 9||











párṣi tokáṃ tánayaṃ partṛ́bʰiṣṭvámádabdʰairáprayutvabʰiḥ |
ágne héḷāṃsi daívyā yuyodʰi nó'devāni hvárāṃsi ca || 10||











ā́ sakʰāyaḥ sabardúgʰāṃ dʰenúmajadʰvamúpa návyasā vácaḥ |
sṛjádʰvamánapaspʰurām || 11||











yā́ śárdʰāya mā́rutāya svábʰānave śrávó'mṛtyu dʰúkṣata |
yā́ mṛḷīké marútāṃ turā́ṇāṃ yā́ sumnaírevayā́varī || 12||











bʰarádvājāyā́va dʰukṣata dvitā́ |
dʰenúṃ ca viśvádohasamíṣaṃ ca viśvábʰojasam || 13||











táṃ va índraṃ ná sukrátuṃ váruṇamiva māyínam |
aryamáṇaṃ ná mandráṃ sṛprábʰojasaṃ víṣṇuṃ ná stuṣa ādíśe || 14||











tveṣáṃ śárdʰo ná mā́rutaṃ tuviṣváṇyanarvā́ṇaṃ pūṣáṇaṃ sáṃ yátʰā śatā́ |
sáṃ sahásrā kā́riṣaccarṣaṇíbʰya ā́m̐ āvírgūḷhā́ vásū karatsuvédā no vásū karat || 15||











ā́ mā pūṣannúpa drava śáṃsiṣaṃ nú te apikarṇá āgʰṛṇe |
agʰā́ aryó árātayaḥ || 16||











mā́ kākambī́ramúdvṛho vánaspátimáśastīrví hí nī́naśaḥ |
mótá sū́ro áha evā́ caná grīvā́ ādádʰate véḥ || 17||











dṛ́teriva te'vṛkámastu sakʰyám |
ácʰidrasya dadʰanvátaḥ súpūrṇasya dadʰanvátaḥ || 18||











paró hí mártyairási samó devaírutá śriyā́ |
abʰí kʰyaḥ pūṣanpṛ́tanāsu nastvámávā nūnáṃ yátʰā purā́ || 19||











vāmī́ vāmásya dʰūtayaḥ práṇītirastu sūnṛ́tā |
devásya vā maruto mártyasya vejānásya prayajyavaḥ || 20||











sadyáścidyásya carkṛtíḥ pári dyā́ṃ devó naíti sū́ryaḥ |
tveṣáṃ śávo dadʰire nā́ma yajñíyaṃ marúto vṛtraháṃ śávo jyéṣṭʰaṃ vṛtraháṃ śávaḥ || 21||











sakṛ́ddʰa dyaúrajāyata sakṛ́dbʰū́mirajāyata |
pṛ́śnyā dugdʰáṃ sakṛ́tpáyastádanyó nā́nu jāyate || 22||












Sūkta 6.49 

stuṣé jánaṃ suvratáṃ návyasībʰirgīrbʰírmitrā́váruṇā sumnayántā |
tá ā́ gamantu tá ihá śruvantu sukṣatrā́so váruṇo mitró agníḥ || 1||











viśóviśa ī́ḍyamadʰvaréṣvádṛptakratumaratíṃ yuvatyóḥ |
diváḥ śíśuṃ sáhasaḥ sūnúmagníṃ yajñásya ketúmaruṣáṃ yájadʰyai || 2||











aruṣásya duhitárā vírūpe stṛ́bʰiranyā́ pipiśé sū́ro anyā́ |
mitʰastúrā vicárantī pāvaké mánma śrutáṃ nakṣata ṛcyámāne || 3||











prá vāyúmácʰā bṛhatī́ manīṣā́ bṛhádrayiṃ viśvávāraṃ ratʰaprā́m |
dyutádyāmā niyútaḥ pátyamānaḥ kavíḥ kavímiyakṣasi prayajyo || 4||











sá me vápuścʰadayadaśvínoryó rátʰo virúkmānmánasā yujānáḥ |
yéna narā nāsatyeṣayádʰyai vartíryātʰástánayāya tmáne ca || 5||











párjanyavātā vṛṣabʰā pṛtʰivyā́ḥ púrīṣāṇi jinvatamápyāni |
sátyaśrutaḥ kavayo yásya gīrbʰírjágata stʰātarjágadā́ kṛṇudʰvam || 6||











pā́vīravī kanyā̀ citrā́yuḥ sárasvatī vīrápatnī dʰíyaṃ dʰāt |
gnā́bʰirácʰidraṃ śaraṇáṃ sajóṣā durādʰárṣaṃ gṛṇaté śárma yaṃsat || 7||











patʰáspatʰaḥ páripatiṃ vacasyā́ kā́mena kṛtó abʰyā̀naḷarkám |
sá no rāsacʰurúdʰaścandrā́grā dʰíyaṃdʰiyaṃ sīṣadʰāti prá pūṣā́ || 8||











pratʰamabʰā́jaṃ yaśásaṃ vayodʰā́ṃ supāṇíṃ deváṃ sugábʰastimṛ́bʰvam |
hótā yakṣadyajatáṃ pastyā̀nāmagnístváṣṭāraṃ suhávaṃ vibʰā́vā || 9||











bʰúvanasya pitáraṃ gīrbʰírābʰī́ rudráṃ dívā vardʰáyā rudrámaktaú |
bṛhántamṛṣvámajáraṃ suṣumnámṛ́dʰaggʰuvema kavíneṣitā́saḥ || 10||











ā́ yuvānaḥ kavayo yajñiyāso máruto gantá gṛṇató varasyā́m |
acitráṃ ciddʰí jínvatʰā vṛdʰánta ittʰā́ nákṣanto naro aṅgirasvát || 11||











prá vīrā́ya prá taváse turā́yā́jā yūtʰéva paśurákṣirástam |
sá pispṛśati tanvì śrutásya stṛ́bʰirná nā́kaṃ vacanásya vípaḥ || 12||











yó rájāṃsi vimamé pā́rtʰivāni tríścidvíṣṇurmánave bādʰitā́ya |
tásya te śármannupadadyámāne rāyā́ madema tanvā̀ tánā ca || 13||











tánnó'hirbudʰnyò adbʰírarkaístátpárvatastátsavitā́ cáno dʰāt |
tádóṣadʰībʰirabʰí rātiṣā́co bʰágaḥ púraṃdʰirjinvatu prá rāyé || 14||











nú no rayíṃ ratʰyàṃ carṣaṇiprā́ṃ puruvī́raṃ mahá ṛtásya gopā́m |
kṣáyaṃ dātājáraṃ yéna jánānspṛ́dʰo ádevīrabʰí ca krámāma víśa ā́devīrabʰyàśnávāma || 15||












Sūkta 6.50 

huvé vo devī́máditiṃ námobʰirmṛḷīkā́ya váruṇaṃ mitrámagním |
abʰikṣadā́maryamáṇaṃ suśévaṃ trātṝ́ndevā́nsavitā́raṃ bʰágaṃ ca || 1||











sujyótiṣaḥ sūrya dákṣapitṝnanāgāstvé sumaho vīhi devā́n |
dvijánmāno yá ṛtasā́paḥ satyā́ḥ svarvanto yajatā́ agnijihvā́ḥ || 2||











utá dyāvāpṛtʰivī kṣatrámurú bṛhádrodasī śaraṇáṃ suṣumne |
maháskaratʰo várivo yátʰā no'smé kṣáyāya dʰiṣaṇe aneháḥ || 3||











ā́ no rudrásya sūnávo namantāmadyā́ hūtā́so vásavó'dʰṛṣṭāḥ |
yádīmárbʰe mahatí vā hitā́so bādʰé marúto áhvāma devā́n || 4||



4.  āp vayamr1mpd rudraNmsg sūnunmpn namantāmva·Ao3p«√nam  
    adyaa hūtajmpn vasujmpn adʰṛṣṭajmpn |
    yadc īmc arbʰajmsl mahatjmslc hitajmpn  
    bādʰanmsl marutNmpa ahvāmavp·U·1p«√hve devanmpa 



4.  May sons of Rudra, summoned today,
    condescend to us, [they] --- beneficial, not disrespected ---
    when indeed subjected whether to a small or to a great restraint
    we called upon Marut-s --- deva-s,



mimyákṣa yéṣu rodasī́ nú devī́ síṣakti pūṣā́ abʰyardʰayájvā |
śrutvā́ hávaṃ maruto yáddʰa yātʰá bʰū́mā rejante ádʰvani právikte || 5||



5.  mimyakṣavp·I·3s«√myakṣ yasr3mpl rodasīnfsn nuc devīnfsn  
    siṣaktivp·A·3s«√sac pūṣanNmsn (abʰyardʰaa-yajvanjms)jmsn |
    śrutvātp·A???«√śru havanmsa marutNmpn yadc hac yātʰavp·A·2p«√yā  
    bʰūmannnsa rejanteva·A·3p«√rej adʰvannmsl praviktajmsl 



5.  among whom devī Rodasī was certainly present;
    making complementary offering Pūṣan accompanied [them].
    When, hearing a call, Marut-s indeed journey;
    on [their] predefined course they shake up the world view.



abʰí tyáṃ vīráṃ gírvaṇasamarcéndraṃ bráhmaṇā jaritarnávena |
śrávadíddʰávamúpa ca stávāno rā́sadvā́jām̐ úpa mahó gṛṇānáḥ || 6||











omā́namāpo mānuṣīrámṛktaṃ dʰā́ta tokā́ya tánayāya śáṃ yóḥ |
yūyáṃ hí ṣṭʰā́ bʰiṣájo mātṛ́tamā víśvasya stʰātúrjágato jánitrīḥ || 7||











ā́ no deváḥ savitā́ trā́yamāṇo híraṇyapāṇiryajató jagamyāt |
yó dátravām̐ uṣáso ná prátīkaṃ vyūrṇuté dāśúṣe vā́ryāṇi || 8||











utá tváṃ sūno sahaso no adyā́ devā́m̐ asmínnadʰvaré vavṛtyāḥ |
syā́maháṃ te sádamídrātaú táva syāmagné'vasā suvī́raḥ || 9||











utá tyā́ me hávamā́ jagmyātaṃ nā́satyā dʰībʰíryuvámaṅgá viprā |
átriṃ ná mahástámaso'mumuktaṃ tū́rvataṃ narā duritā́dabʰī́ke || 10||











té no rāyó dyumáto vā́javato dātā́ro bʰūta nṛvátaḥ purukṣóḥ |
daśasyánto divyā́ḥ pā́rtʰivāso gójātā ápyā mṛḷátā ca devāḥ || 11||











té no rudráḥ sárasvatī sajóṣā mīḷhúṣmanto víṣṇurmṛḷantu vāyúḥ |
ṛbʰukṣā́ vā́jo daívyo vidʰātā́ parjányāvā́tā pipyatāmíṣaṃ naḥ || 12||











utá syá deváḥ savitā́ bʰágo no'pā́ṃ nápādavatu dā́nu pápriḥ |
tváṣṭā devébʰirjánibʰiḥ sajóṣā dyaúrdevébʰiḥ pṛtʰivī́ samudraíḥ || 13||











utá nó'hirbudʰnyàḥ śṛṇotvajá ékapātpṛtʰivī́ samudráḥ |
víśve devā́ ṛtāvṛ́dʰo huvānā́ stutā́ mántrāḥ kaviśastā́ avantu || 14||











evā́ nápāto máma tásya dʰībʰírbʰarádvājā abʰyàrcantyarkaíḥ |
gnā́ hutā́so vásavó'dʰṛṣṭā víśve stutā́so bʰūtā yajatrāḥ || 15||














Sūkta 6.51 

údu tyáccákṣurmáhi mitráyorā́m̐ éti priyáṃ váruṇayorádabdʰam |
ṛtásya śúci darśatámánīkaṃ rukmó ná divá úditā vyàdyaut || 1||











véda yástrī́ṇi vidátʰānyeṣāṃ devā́nāṃ jánma sanutárā́ ca vípraḥ |
ṛjú márteṣu vṛjinā́ ca páśyannabʰí caṣṭe sū́ro aryá évān || 2||











stuṣá u vo mahá ṛtásya gopā́náditiṃ mitráṃ váruṇaṃ sujātā́n |
aryamáṇaṃ bʰágamádabdʰadʰītīnácʰā voce sadʰanyàḥ pāvakā́n || 3||











riśā́dasaḥ sátpatīm̐rádabdʰānmahó rā́jñaḥ suvasanásya dātṝ́n |
yū́naḥ sukṣatrā́nkṣáyato divó nṝ́nādityā́nyāmyáditiṃ duvoyú || 4||











dyaùṣpítaḥ pṛ́tʰivi mā́tarádʰrugágne bʰrātarvasavo mṛḷátā naḥ |
víśva ādityā adite sajóṣā asmábʰyaṃ śárma bahuláṃ ví yanta || 5||











mā́ no vṛ́kāya vṛkyè samasmā agʰāyaté rīradʰatā yajatrāḥ |
yūyáṃ hí ṣṭʰā́ ratʰyò nastanū́nāṃ yūyáṃ dákṣasya vácaso babʰūvá || 6||











mā́ va éno anyákṛtaṃ bʰujema mā́ tátkarma vasavo yáccáyadʰve |
víśvasya hí kṣáyatʰa viśvadevāḥ svayáṃ ripústanvàṃ rīriṣīṣṭa || 7||











náma ídugráṃ náma ā́ vivāse námo dādʰāra pṛtʰivī́mutá dyā́m |
námo devébʰyo náma īśa eṣāṃ kṛtáṃ cidéno námasā́ vivāse || 8||











ṛtásya vo ratʰyàḥ pūtádakṣānṛtásya pastyasádo ádabdʰān |
tā́m̐ ā́ námobʰirurucákṣaso nṝ́nvíśvānva ā́ name mahó yajatrāḥ || 9||











té hí śréṣṭʰavarcasastá u nastiró víśvāni duritā́ náyanti |
sukṣatrā́so váruṇo mitró agnírṛtádʰītayo vakmarā́jasatyāḥ || 10||











té na índraḥ pṛtʰivī́ kṣā́ma vardʰanpūṣā́ bʰágo áditiḥ páñca jánāḥ |
suśármāṇaḥ svávasaḥ sunītʰā́ bʰávantu naḥ sutrātrā́saḥ sugopā́ḥ || 11||











nū́ sadmā́naṃ divyáṃ náṃśi devā bʰā́radvājaḥ sumatíṃ yāti hótā |
āsānébʰiryájamāno miyédʰairdevā́nāṃ jánma vasūyúrvavanda || 12||











ápa tyáṃ vṛjináṃ ripúṃ stenámagne durādʰyàm |
daviṣṭʰámasya satpate kṛdʰī́ sugám || 13||











grā́vāṇaḥ soma no hí kaṃ sakʰitvanā́ya vāvaśúḥ |
jahī́ nyàtríṇaṃ paṇíṃ vṛ́ko hí ṣáḥ || 14||











yūyáṃ hí ṣṭʰā́ sudānava índrajyeṣṭʰā abʰídyavaḥ |
kártā no ádʰvannā́ sugáṃ gopā́ amā́ || 15||











ápi pántʰāmaganmahi svastigā́manehásam |
yéna víśvāḥ pári dvíṣo vṛṇákti vindáte vásu || 16||












Sūkta 6.52 

ná táddivā́ ná pṛtʰivyā́nu manye ná yajñéna nótá śámībʰirābʰíḥ |
ubjántu táṃ subʰvàḥ párvatāso ní hīyatāmatiyājásya yaṣṭā́ || 1||











áti vā yó maruto mányate no bráhma vā yáḥ kriyámāṇaṃ nínitsāt |
tápūṃṣi tásmai vṛjinā́ni santu brahmadvíṣamabʰí táṃ śocatu dyaúḥ || 2||











kímaṅgá tvā bráhmaṇaḥ soma gopā́ṃ kímaṅgá tvāhurabʰiśastipā́ṃ naḥ |
kímaṅgá naḥ paśyasi nidyámānānbrahmadvíṣe tápuṣiṃ hetímasya || 3||











ávantu mā́muṣáso jā́yamānā ávantu mā síndʰavaḥ pínvamānāḥ |
ávantu mā párvatāso dʰruvā́só'vantu mā pitáro deváhūtau || 4||











viśvadā́nīṃ sumánasaḥ syāma páśyema nú sū́ryamuccárantam |
tátʰā karadvásupatirvásūnāṃ devā́m̐ óhānó'vasā́gamiṣṭʰaḥ || 5||











índro nédiṣṭʰamávasā́gamiṣṭʰaḥ sárasvatī síndʰubʰiḥ pínvamānā |
parjányo na óṣadʰībʰirmayobʰúragníḥ suśáṃsaḥ suhávaḥ pitéva || 6||











víśve devāsa ā́ gata śṛṇutā́ ma imáṃ hávam |
édáṃ barhírní ṣīdata || 7||











yó vo devā gʰṛtásnunā havyéna pratibʰū́ṣati |
táṃ víśva úpa gacʰatʰa || 8||











úpa naḥ sūnávo gíraḥ śṛṇvántvamṛ́tasya yé |
sumṛḷīkā́ bʰavantu naḥ || 9||











víśve devā́ ṛtāvṛ́dʰa ṛtúbʰirhavanaśrútaḥ |
juṣántāṃ yújyaṃ páyaḥ || 10||











stotrámíndro marúdgaṇastváṣṭṛmānmitró aryamā́ |
imā́ havyā́ juṣanta naḥ || 11||











imáṃ no agne adʰvaráṃ hótarvayunaśó yaja |
cikitvā́ndaívyaṃ jánam || 12||











víśve devāḥ śṛṇutémáṃ hávaṃ me yé antárikṣe yá úpa dyávi ṣṭʰá |
yé agnijihvā́ utá vā yájatrā āsádyāsmínbarhíṣi mādayadʰvam || 13||











víśve devā́ máma śṛṇvantu yajñíyā ubʰé ródasī apā́ṃ nápācca mánma |
mā́ vo vácāṃsi paricákṣyāṇi vocaṃ sumnéṣvídvo ántamā madema || 14||











yé ké ca jmā́ mahíno áhimāyā divó jajñiré apā́ṃ sadʰástʰe |
té asmábʰyamiṣáye víśvamā́yuḥ kṣápa usrā́ varivasyantu devā́ḥ || 15||











ágnīparjanyāvávataṃ dʰíyaṃ me'smínháve suhavā suṣṭutíṃ naḥ |
íḷāmanyó janáyadgárbʰamanyáḥ prajā́vatīríṣa ā́ dʰattamasmé || 16||











stīrṇé barhíṣi samidʰāné agnaú sūkténa mahā́ námasā́ vivāse |
asmínno adyá vidátʰe yajatrā víśve devā havíṣi mādayadʰvam || 17||












Sūkta 6.53 

vayámu tvā patʰaspate rátʰaṃ ná vā́jasātaye |
dʰiyé pūṣannayujmahi || 1||











abʰí no náryaṃ vásu vīráṃ práyatadakṣiṇam |
vāmáṃ gṛhápatiṃ naya || 2||











áditsantaṃ cidāgʰṛṇe pū́ṣandā́nāya codaya |
paṇéścidví mradā mánaḥ || 3||











ví patʰó vā́jasātaye cinuhí ví mṛ́dʰo jahi |
sā́dʰantāmugra no dʰíyaḥ || 4||











pári tṛndʰi paṇīnā́mā́rayā hṛ́dayā kave |
átʰemasmábʰyaṃ randʰaya || 5||











ví pūṣannā́rayā tuda paṇéricʰa hṛdí priyám |
átʰemasmábʰyaṃ randʰaya || 6||











ā́ rikʰa kikirā́ kṛṇu paṇīnā́ṃ hṛ́dayā kave |
átʰemasmábʰyaṃ randʰaya || 7||











yā́ṃ pūṣanbrahmacódanīmā́rāṃ bíbʰarṣyāgʰṛṇe |
táyā samasya hṛ́dayamā́ rikʰa kikirā́ kṛṇu || 8||











yā́ te áṣṭrā góopaśā́gʰṛṇe paśusā́dʰanī |
tásyāste sumnámīmahe || 9||











utá no goṣáṇiṃ dʰíyamaśvasā́ṃ vājasā́mutá |
nṛvátkṛṇuhi vītáye || 10||












Sūkta 6.54 

sáṃ pūṣanvidúṣā naya yó áñjasānuśā́sati |
yá evédámíti brávat || 1||











sámu pūṣṇā́ gamemahi yó gṛhā́m̐ abʰiśā́sati |
imá evéti ca brávat || 2||











pūṣṇáścakráṃ ná riṣyati ná kóśó'va padyate |
nó asya vyatʰate pavíḥ || 3||











yó asmai havíṣā́vidʰanná táṃ pūṣā́pi mṛṣyate |
pratʰamó vindate vásu || 4||











pūṣā́ gā́ ánvetu naḥ pūṣā́ rakṣatvárvataḥ |
pūṣā́ vā́jaṃ sanotu naḥ || 5||











pū́ṣannánu prá gā́ ihi yájamānasya sunvatáḥ |
asmā́kaṃ stuvatā́mutá || 6||











mā́kirneśanmā́kīṃ riṣanmā́kīṃ sáṃ śāri kévaṭe |
átʰā́riṣṭābʰirā́ gahi || 7||











śṛṇvántaṃ pūṣáṇaṃ vayámíryamánaṣṭavedasam |
ī́śānaṃ rāyá īmahe || 8||











pū́ṣantáva vraté vayáṃ ná riṣyema kádā caná |
stotā́rasta ihá smasi || 9||











pári pūṣā́ parástāddʰástaṃ dadʰātu dákṣiṇam |
púnarno naṣṭámā́jatu || 10||












Sūkta 6.55 

éhi vā́ṃ vimuco napādā́gʰṛṇe sáṃ sacāvahai |
ratʰī́rṛtásya no bʰava || 1||











ratʰī́tamaṃ kapardínamī́śānaṃ rā́dʰaso maháḥ |
rāyáḥ sákʰāyamīmahe || 2||











rāyó dʰā́rāsyāgʰṛṇe váso rāśírajāśva |
dʰī́vatodʰīvataḥ sákʰā || 3||











pūṣáṇaṃ nvàjā́śvamúpa stoṣāma vājínam |
svásuryó jārá ucyáte || 4||











mātúrdidʰiṣúmabravaṃ svásurjāráḥ śṛṇotu naḥ |
bʰrā́téndrasya sákʰā máma || 5||











ā́jā́saḥ pūṣáṇaṃ rátʰe niśṛmbʰā́sté janaśríyam |
deváṃ vahantu bíbʰrataḥ || 6||












Sūkta 6.56 

yá enamādídeśati karambʰā́díti pūṣáṇam |
ná téna devá ādíśe || 1||











utá gʰā sá ratʰī́tamaḥ sákʰyā sátpatiryujā́ |
índro vṛtrā́ṇi jigʰnate || 2||











utā́dáḥ paruṣé gávi sū́raścakráṃ hiraṇyáyam |
nyaìrayadratʰī́tamaḥ || 3||











yádadyá tvā puruṣṭuta brávāma dasra mantumaḥ |
tátsú no mánma sādʰaya || 4||











imáṃ ca no gavéṣaṇaṃ sātáye sīṣadʰo gaṇám |
ārā́tpūṣannasi śrutáḥ || 5||











ā́ te svastímīmaha āréagʰāmúpāvasum |
adyā́ ca sarvátātaye śváśca sarvátātaye || 6||












Sūkta 6.57 

índrā nú pūṣáṇā vayáṃ sakʰyā́ya svastáye |
huvéma vā́jasātaye || 1||



1.  indraNmda nuc pūṣanNmda  
    vayamr1mpn sakʰyannsd svastinfsd |
    huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsd 



1.  Now, we can call upon Indra [and] Pūṣan
    for the sake of friendship, well-being 
    [and] to obtain a rush of vigour.



sómamanyá úpāsadatpā́tave camvòḥ sutám |
karambʰámanyá icʰati || 2||



2.  somanmsa anyajmsn upap asadatvp·Aa3s«√sad  
    pātavev···D··«√pā camūnfdl sutajmsa |
    karambʰanmsa anyajmsn icʰativp·A·3s«√iṣ 



2.  One sat near to drink
    extracted into two bowls¹ Soma,
    the other seeks gruel.



ajā́ anyásya váhnayo hárī anyásya sámbʰṛtā |
tā́bʰyāṃ vṛtrā́ṇi jigʰnate || 3||



3.  ajanmpn anyajmsg vahninmpn  
    harijmdn anyajmsg sambʰṛtajmdn |
    tasr2mdi vṛtrannpa jigʰnateva·A·3s«√han 



3.  Draught animals of one [are] he-goats,
    of other one [are] prepared two tawny ones.
    Together with those two he slays all vṛtra-s.



yádíndro ánayadríto mahī́rapó vṛ́ṣantamaḥ |
tátra pūṣā́bʰavatsácā || 4||



4.  yadc indraNmsn anayatvp·Aa3s«√nī ritjfpa  
    mahījfpa apnfpa vṛṣantamajmsn |
    tatrac pūṣanNmsn abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū sacāa 



4.  When most bullish Indra
    directed potent waters to flow, 
    then Pūṣan become near at hand.



tā́ṃ pūṣṇáḥ sumatíṃ vayáṃ vṛkṣásya prá vayā́miva |
índrasya cā́ rabʰāmahe || 5||



5.  tār3fsa pūṣanNmsg sumatinfsa vayamr1mpn  
    vṛkṣanmsg prap vayānfsa ivac |
    indraNmsg cac āp rabʰāmaheva·A·1p«√rabʰ 



5.  That of Pūṣan, and of Indra ---
    an effective mental gesture we take hold of
    like a branch of a tree.



útpūṣáṇaṃ yuvāmahe'bʰī́śūm̐riva sā́ratʰiḥ |
mahyā́ índraṃ svastáye || 6||



6.  udp pūṣanNmsa yuvāmaheva·A·1p«√yu  
    abʰīśunmpa ivac sāratʰinmsn |
    mahijfsd indraNmsa svastinfsd 



6.  We draw Pūṣan upwards
    like charioteer [draws] reins,
    towards Indra for the sake of great[er] well-being.


1 the Earth and the Heaven


Sūkta 6.58 

śukráṃ te anyádyajatáṃ te anyádvíṣurūpe áhanī dyaúrivāsi |
víśvā hí māyā́ ávasi svadʰāvo bʰadrā́ te pūṣannihá rātírastu || 1||











ajā́śvaḥ paśupā́ vā́japastyo dʰiyaṃjinvó bʰúvane víśve árpitaḥ |
áṣṭrāṃ pūṣā́ śitʰirā́mudvárīvṛjatsaṃcákṣāṇo bʰúvanā devá īyate || 2||











yā́ste pūṣannā́vo antáḥ samudré hiraṇyáyīrantárikṣe cáranti |
tā́bʰiryāsi dūtyā́ṃ sū́ryasya kā́mena kṛta śráva icʰámānaḥ || 3||











pūṣā́ subándʰurdivá ā́ pṛtʰivyā́ iḷáspátirmagʰávā dasmávarcāḥ |
yáṃ devā́so ádaduḥ sūryā́yai kā́mena kṛtáṃ tavásaṃ sváñcam || 4||












Sūkta 6.59 

prá nú vocā sutéṣu vāṃ vīryā̀ yā́ni cakrátʰuḥ |
hatā́so vāṃ pitáro deváśatrava índrāgnī jī́vatʰo yuvám || 1||



1.  prap nuc vocavp·Ue1s«√vac sutanmpl tvamr2mdg  
    vīryannpa yadr3npa cakratʰusvp·I·2d«√kṛ |
    hatajmpn tvamr2mdg pitṛnmpn (devanms-śatrunms)jmpn  
    (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv jīvatʰasvp·A·2d«√jiv tvamr2mdn 



1.  I shall now, during pressings, proclaim
    your deeds of valor which you two have done;
    slain [are] your having-deva-s-as-enemies fathers,
    O Indra--Agni, [but] you two live.



báḷittʰā́ mahimā́ vāmíndrāgnī pániṣṭʰa ā́ |
samānó vāṃ janitā́ bʰrā́tarā yuváṃ yamā́vihéhamātarā || 2||



2.  baṭa ittʰāc mahimannmsn tvamr2mdg  
    (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv paniṣṭʰajmsn āp |
    samānajmsn tvamr2mdg janitṛnmsn bʰrātṛnmdn tvamr2mdn yamanmdn (ihehaa-mātṛnfs)jmdn 



2.  Certainly [it is] thus --- the most astonishing here,
    O Indra--Agni, [is] your power to increase-in-size.
    The same is progenitor of you two, you two are brothers,
    twins having one mother here and one there.
------



okivā́ṃsā suté sácām̐ áśvā sáptī ivā́dane |
índrā nvàgnī́ ávasehá vajríṇā vayáṃ devā́ havāmahe || 3||



3.  okivaṅstp·Imda«√uc sutanmsl sacāa saptinmda ivac ādanannsl |
    indraNmda nuc agniNmda avasnnsi ihaa vajrinnmda vayamr1mpn devanmda havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū 



3.  Here we call upon two deva-s at once, two thunderbolt-wielders ---
    Indra [and] Agni together with [their] favour
    who have taken pleasure in extracted [Soma] 
    together like two steeds during feeding.



yá indrāgnī sutéṣu vāṃ stávattéṣvṛtāvṛdʰā |
joṣavākáṃ vádataḥ pajrahoṣiṇā ná devā bʰasátʰaścaná || 4||



4.  yasr3msn (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv sutanmpl tvamr2mda  
    stavatvp·AE3s«√stu tasr3mpl (ṛtanns-vṛdʰjms)jmdv |
    joṣavākajmsa vadattp·Amsg«√vad (pajrajms-hoṣinnms)nmdv nac devanmdv bʰasatʰasvp·A·2d«√bʰas canac 



4.  Who shall extol you two, O Indra--Agni,
    during these pressings, O making-ṛta-stronger ones,
    you two, O having fat oblations, would not abuse
    approving speech of that one who speaks, O deva-s!
------



índrāgnī kó asyá vāṃ dévau mártaściketati |
víṣūco áśvānyuyujāná īyata ékaḥ samāná ā́ rátʰe || 5||



5.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv kasr3msn ayamr3msg tvamr2mdg  
    devanmda martajmsn ciketativp·A·3s«√cit |
    (viṣua-añcjms)jmpa aśvanmpa yuyujānata·Imsn«√yuj īyatevaIA·3s«√i  
    ekajmsn samānajmsl āp ratʰanmsl 



5.  O Indra--Agni, which mortal 
    takes notice of this one of you two, O deva-s?!
    Having yoked turned-in-all-directions horses, he¹ goes
    alone again and again on the same chariot.



índrāgnī apā́diyáṃ pū́rvā́gātpadvátībʰyaḥ |
hitvī́ śíro jihváyā vā́vadaccárattriṃśátpadā́ nyakramīt || 6||



6.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv apātjfsn ayamr3fsn  
    pūrvājfsn āp agātvp·U·3s«√gā patvatījfpb |
    hitvītp·A???«√hā śirasnnsa jihvānfsi vāvadattp·Amsn«√vad caratvp·AE3s«√car  
    triṃśatu padannpa nip akramītvp·U·3s«√kram 



6.  O Indra--Agni, she², who is without feet,
    has approached before those³ who have feet.
    Having abandoned the top⁴, speaking again and again with the tongue,
    he shall roam, he has made thirty steps into [?].



índrāgnī ā́ hí tanvaté náro dʰánvāni bāhvóḥ |
mā́ no asmínmahādʰané párā varktaṃ gáviṣṭiṣu || 7||



7.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv āp hic tanvateva·A·3p«√tan  
    nṛnmpn dʰanvannpa bāhunmdl |
    māc vayamr1mpa ayamr3nsl (mahatjns-dʰananns)nnsl  
    parāa varktamvp·AE2d«√vṛj (gonfs-iṣṭinfs)nmpl 



7.  O Indra--Agni, since men 
    stretch bows between [their] arms, 
    do not pull us aside in this great battle,
    [and] in forays for cows.
------



índrāgnī tápanti māgʰā́ aryó árātayaḥ |
ápa dvéṣāṃsyā́ kṛtaṃ yuyutáṃ sū́ryādádʰi || 8||



8.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv tapantivp·A·3p«√tap ahamr1msa agʰānfpn arijmsb arātijfpn |
    apap dveṣasnnpa āp kṛtamvp·Ao2d«√kṛ yuyutamvp·Ao2d«√yu sūryanmsb adʰip 



8.  O Indra--Agni, impurities, holding [me] back
    from him⁵ who tends upwards, burn me.
    Off [with] aversions! [You two,] drive [them] here.
    Keep [them] away [in the spaces] above from the sun⁶!
------



índrāgnī yuvórápi vásu divyā́ni pā́rtʰivā |
ā́ na ihá prá yacʰataṃ rayíṃ viśvā́yupoṣasam || 9||



9.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv tvamr2mdg apip  
    vasunnsn divyajnpn pārtʰivajnpn |
    āp vayamr1mpa ihaa prap yacʰatamvp·Ao2d«√yam rayinmsa (viśvajns-āyujns-poṣasjns)jmsa 



9.  O Indra--Agni, yours, beside the [direct] benefit
    [are many] celestial and earthly [benefits].
    [You two,] extend towards us here
    nurturing agitating everything treasure!



índrāgnī uktʰavāhasā stómebʰirhavanaśrutā |
víśvābʰirgīrbʰírā́ gatamasyá sómasya pītáye || 10||



10. (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv (uktʰanns-vāhasjms)jmdv  
     stomanmpi (havananns-śrutjms)jmdv |
     viśvājfpi girnfpi āp gatamvp·Ao?d«√gam  
     ayamr3msg somanmsg pītinfsd 



10. O Indra--Agni, conveyed by verses,
    listening to summons with the hymns of praise!
    Approach by means of all the chants
    to drink this Soma!


1 Indra --- on the basis of 6.47.18cd
2 prob. the dawn
3 prob. women of the clan
4 prob. ``having relinquished conscious control''
5 Soma
6 maṇipūra cakra


Sūkta 6.60 

śnátʰadvṛtrámutá sanoti vā́jamíndrā yó agnī́ sáhurī saparyā́t |
irajyántā vasavyàsya bʰū́reḥ sáhastamā sáhasā vājayántā || 1||



1.  śnatʰatvp·AE3s«√śnatʰ vṛtranmsa utac sanotivp·A·3s«√san vājanmsa  
    indraNmda yasr3msn agniNmda sahurijmda saparyātvp·Ae3s«√sapary |
    irajyantjmda vasavyajmsg bʰūrijmsg  
    sahastamajmda sahasnnsi vājayanttp·Amda«√vājay 



1.  He shall pierce Vṛtra --- and he obtains the rush of vigour ---
    who were to attend to overpowering Indra [and] Agni
    who two are masters of abundant frequent [rushes of vigour],
    who two have the most overwhelming strength, who two are employing a rush of vigour by means of the overwhelming strength.
------



tā́ yodʰiṣṭamabʰí gā́ indra nūnámapáḥ svàruṣáso agna ūḷhā́ḥ |
díśaḥ svàruṣása indra citrā́ apó gā́ agne yuvase niyútvān || 2||



2.  tasr3mdn yodʰiṣṭamvp·U·2d«√yudʰ abʰip gonfpa indraNmsv nūnama  
    apnfpa svarnnsa uṣasnfpa agniNmsv ūḷhājfpa |
    diśnfpa svarnnsa uṣasnfpa indraNmsv citrājfpa  
    apnfpa gonfpa agniNmsv yuvaseva·A·2s«√yu niyutvantjmsn 



2.  You two have fought --- now for cows¹, [thou], O Indra,
    for waters, sva`r, for carried off dawns --- [thou,] O Agni!
    O Indra, [now thou harness to thyself] routes, sva`r, dawns, manifold waters,
    thou, O Agni, having inner connections, harness to thyself cows².



ā́ vṛtrahaṇā vṛtrahábʰiḥ śúṣmairíndra yātáṃ námobʰiragne arvā́k |
yuváṃ rā́dʰobʰirákavebʰirindrā́gne asmé bʰavatamuttamébʰiḥ || 3||



3.  āp (vṛtraNns-hanjms)nmdv (vṛtraNns-hanjms)jmpi śuṣmajmpi  
    indraNmsv yātamvp·Ao2d«√yā namasnnpi agniNmsv arvāka |
    tvamr2mdn rādʰasnnpi akavajnpi indraNmsv  
    agniNmsv vayamr1mpl bʰavatamvp·Ao2d«√bʰū uttamajnpi 



3.  O two slayers of Vṛtra, do come hither with the help of slaying Vṛtra mouth-drying [drops of Soma], O Indra,
    with the help of reverential salutations, O Agni!
    Do arise in us, you two, together with non-stingy
    ultimate satisfactions of [our] desires!
------



tā́ huve yáyoridáṃ papné víśvaṃ purā́ kṛtám |
indrāgnī́ ná mardʰataḥ || 4||



4.  tasr3mda huveva·A·1s«√hū yasr3mdg ayamr3nsa  
    papneva·I·1s«√pan viśvajnsa purāa kṛtannsa |
    (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv nac mardʰatasvp·A·2d«√mṛdʰ 



4.  I call upon those two 
    whose this entire action I admired before.
    O Indra--Agni, you two do not forsake [us].



ugrā́ vigʰanínā mṛ́dʰa indrāgnī́ havāmahe |
tā́ no mṛḷāta īdṛ́śe || 5||



5.  ugrajmda vigʰaninjmda mṛdʰnfpa (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū |
    tasr3mdn vayamr1mpd mṛḷātasvp·Ae3d«√mṛḷ īdṛśjmsd 



5.  We call upon [you two], O Indra--Agni,
    ferocious having ways to shatter inhibitions [ones],
    since those two would be favorable to endowed with such qualities [as] us.



ható vṛtrā́ṇyā́ryā ható dā́sāni sátpatī |
ható víśvā ápa dvíṣaḥ || 6||



6.  hatasvp·A·3d«√han vṛtrannpa āryajnpa  
    hatasvp·A·3d«√han dāsajnpa (satjms-patinms)nmdv |
    hatasvp·A·3d«√han viśvājfpa apap dviṣnfpa 



6.  May those two destroy obstacles related to conducting upwards ones,
    may those two destroy [obstacles] related to savages, O overseers of what's real!
    May those two repel all aversions.
------



índrāgnī yuvā́mimè'bʰí stómā anūṣata |
píbataṃ śambʰuvā sutám || 7||



7.  (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv tvamr2mda ayamr3mpn  
    abʰip stomanmpn anūṣatava·U·3p«√nu |
    pibatamvp·Ao2d«√pā (śama-bʰūjms)jmdv sutajmsa 



7.  O Indra--Agni, these hymns of praise
    have found their way to you two;
    drink, O [you two who] are the fortune herself, extracted [Soma]!



yā́ vāṃ sánti puruspṛ́ho niyúto dāśúṣe narā |
índrāgnī tā́bʰirā́ gatam || 8||



8.  yār3fpn tvamr2mdg santivp·A·3p«√as (purua-spṛhjms)jfpn  
    niyutnfpa dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś nṛnmdv |
    (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdvr3fpi āp gatamvp·Ao?d«√gam 



8.  Which are much desired of you two
    [which are] innate to the worshiper, O men,
    O Indra--Agni, by means of those [inner waters] approach!



tā́bʰirā́ gacʰataṃ narópedáṃ sávanaṃ sutám |
índrāgnī sómapītaye || 9||



9.  tār3fpi āp gacʰatamvp·Ao2s«√gam nṛnmdv  
    upap ayamr3nsa savanannsa sutanmsa |
    (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv (somanms-pītinfs)nfsd 



9.  By means of those, O two men, come to
    this pressing, to the extracted [juice]
    O Indra--Agni, for a draught of Soma!
------



támīḷiṣva yó arcíṣā vánā víśvā pariṣvájat |
kṛṣṇā́ kṛṇóti jihváyā || 10||



10. tasr3msa īḷiṣvava·Ao2s«√īḷ yasr3msn arcisnnsi  
     vanannpa viśvajnpa pariṣvajatvp·AE3s«pari~√svaj |
     kṛṣṇajnpa kṛṇotivp·A·3s«√kṛ jihvānfsi 



10. Implore him, who with the flame 
    shall embrace all timbers³
    [and] makes [them] blackened with [his] tongue!



yá iddʰá āvívāsati sumnámíndrasya mártyaḥ |
dyumnā́ya sutárā apáḥ || 11||



11. yasr3msn iddʰajmsl āvivāsativpDA·3s«ā~√van sumnannsa indraNmsg martyajmsn |
     dyumnannsd sutarājfpa apnfpa 



11. Which mortal desires to procure in the kindled [inner Agni]
    benevolence of Indra,
    for the sake of [Agni's] power to illuminate [he shall make] the waters transporting [them two] easily.



tā́ no vā́javatīríṣa āśū́npipṛtamárvataḥ |
índramagníṃ ca vóḷhave || 12||



12. tasr3npa vayamr1mpg vājavatījfpa iṣnfpa  
     āśujmpa pipṛtamvp·Ao2d«√pṛ arvatnmpa |
     indraNmsa agniNmsa cac voḷhavev···D··«√vah 



12. Those our [desires], possessing the rush of vigour libations,
    swift horses, do you⁴ two bring over ---
    to convey Indra and Agni.
------



ubʰā́ vāmindrāgnī āhuvádʰyā ubʰā́ rā́dʰasaḥ sahá mādayádʰyai |
ubʰā́ dātā́rāviṣā́ṃ rayīṇā́mubʰā́ vā́jasya sātáye huve vām || 13||



13. ubʰajmda tvamr2mda (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv āhuvadʰyaiv···D··«ā~√hve  
     ubʰajmda rādʰasnnsb sahap mādayadʰyaiv·C·D··«√mad |
     ubʰajmda dātṛnmda iṣnfpg rayinmpg  
     ubʰajmda vājanmsg sātinfsd huveva·A·1s«√hū tvamr2mdg 



13. To summon both of you, O Indra--Agni,
    to make [you] both exult together from satisfaction of [your] desire,
    both givers⁵ of draughts, of treasures,
    you both I call upon to obtain your rush of vigour.



ā́ no gávyebʰiráśvyairvasavyaìrúpa gacʰatam |
sákʰāyau devaú sakʰyā́ya śambʰúvendrāgnī́ tā́ havāmahe || 14||



14. āp vayamr1mpa gavyajmpi aśvyajmpi  
     vasavyajmpi upap gacʰatamvp·Ao2d«√gam |
     sakʰinmda devanmdn (śama-bʰūjms)jmda  
     (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmda tasr3mda havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū 



14. [You two,] visit us with abundant consisting of horses⁶,
    consisting of cows⁷ [favours]⁸!
    We call upon those two, Indra--Agni, 
    two companions, two deva-s who [are] the fortune herself.



índrāgnī śṛṇutáṃ hávaṃ yájamānasya sunvatáḥ |
vītáṃ havyā́nyā́ gataṃ píbataṃ somyáṃ mádʰu || 15||



15. (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdv śṛṇutamvp·Ao2d«√śru havanmsa  
     yajamānata·Amsg«√yaj sunvanttp·Amsg«√su |
     vītamvp·Ao2d«√vī havyannpa āp gatamvp·Ao?d«√gam  
     pibatamvp·Ao2d«√pā somyajnsa madʰunnsa 



15. O Indra--Agni, do listen to invocation
    of pressing [Soma] sacrificer!
    Seize the oblations, approach!
    Drink containing Soma honey!


1 evocative expressions
2 evocative expressions
3 prob. ``desires''
4 external Agni and Soma juice --- on the basis of 1.93.12
5 Soma juice and external Agni
6 rhythms
7 evocative expressions
8 rādʰas-es on the basis 6.44.12ab


Sūkta 6.61 

iyámadadādrabʰasámṛṇacyútaṃ dívodāsaṃ vadʰryaśvā́ya dāśúṣe |
yā́ śáśvantamācakʰā́dāvasáṃ paṇíṃ tā́ te dātrā́ṇi taviṣā́ sarasvati || 1||











iyáṃ śúṣmebʰirbisakʰā́ ivārujatsā́nu girīṇā́ṃ taviṣébʰirūrmíbʰiḥ |
pārāvatagʰnī́mávase suvṛktíbʰiḥ sárasvatīmā́ vivāsema dʰītíbʰiḥ || 2||











sárasvati devanído ní barhaya prajā́ṃ víśvasya bṛ́sayasya māyínaḥ |
utá kṣitíbʰyo'vánīravindo viṣámebʰyo asravo vājinīvati || 3||











prá ṇo devī́ sárasvatī vā́jebʰirvājínīvatī |
dʰīnā́mavitryàvatu || 4||











yástvā devi sarasvatyupabrūté dʰáne hité |
índraṃ ná vṛtratū́rye || 5||











tváṃ devi sarasvatyávā vā́jeṣu vājini |
rádā pūṣéva naḥ saním || 6||











utá syā́ naḥ sárasvatī gʰorā́ híraṇyavartaniḥ |
vṛtragʰnī́ vaṣṭi suṣṭutím || 7||











yásyā anantó áhrutastveṣáścariṣṇúrarṇaváḥ |
ámaścárati róruvat || 8||











sā́ no víśvā áti dvíṣaḥ svásṝranyā́ ṛtā́varī |
átannáheva sū́ryaḥ || 9||











utá naḥ priyā́ priyā́su saptásvasā sújuṣṭā |
sárasvatī stómyā bʰūt || 10||











āpaprúṣī pā́rtʰivānyurú rájo antárikṣam |
sárasvatī nidáspātu || 11||











triṣadʰástʰā saptádʰātuḥ páñca jātā́ vardʰáyantī |
vā́jevāje hávyā bʰūt || 12||











prá yā́ mahimnā́ mahínāsu cékite dyumnébʰiranyā́ apásāmapástamā |
rátʰa iva bṛhatī́ vibʰváne kṛtópastútyā cikitúṣā sárasvatī || 13||











sárasvatyabʰí no neṣi vásyo mā́pa spʰarīḥ páyasā mā́ na ā́ dʰak |
juṣásva naḥ sakʰyā́ veśyā̀ ca mā́ tvátkṣétrāṇyáraṇāni ganma || 14||












Sūkta 6.62 

stuṣé nárā divó asyá prasántāśvínā huve járamāṇo arkaíḥ |
yā́ sadyá usrā́ vyúṣi jmó ántānyúyūṣataḥ páryurū́ várāṃsi || 1||











tā́ yajñámā́ śúcibʰiścakramāṇā́ rátʰasya bʰānúṃ rurucū rájobʰiḥ |
purū́ várāṃsyámitā mímānāpó dʰánvānyáti yātʰo ájrān || 2||











tā́ ha tyádvartíryádáradʰramugrettʰā́ dʰíya ūhatʰuḥ śáśvadáśvaiḥ |
mánojavebʰiriṣiraíḥ śayádʰyai pári vyátʰirdāśúṣo mártyasya || 3||











tā́ návyaso járamāṇasya mánmópa bʰūṣato yuyujānásaptī |
śúbʰaṃ pṛ́kṣamíṣamū́rjaṃ váhantā hótā yakṣatpratnó adʰrúgyúvānā || 4||











tā́ valgū́ dasrā́ puruśā́katamā pratnā́ návyasā vácasā́ vivāse |
yā́ śáṃsate stuvaté śámbʰaviṣṭʰā babʰūváturgṛṇaté citrárātī || 5||











tā́ bʰujyúṃ víbʰiradbʰyáḥ samudrā́ttúgrasya sūnúmūhatʰū rájobʰiḥ |
areṇúbʰiryójanebʰirbʰujántā patatríbʰirárṇaso nírupástʰāt || 6||











ví jayúṣā ratʰyā yātamádriṃ śrutáṃ hávaṃ vṛṣaṇā vadʰrimatyā́ḥ |
daśasyántā śayáve pipyatʰurgā́míti cyavānā sumatíṃ bʰuraṇyū || 7||











yádrodasī pradívo ásti bʰū́mā héḷo devā́nāmutá martyatrā́ |
tádādityā vasavo rudriyāso rakṣoyúje tápuragʰáṃ dadʰāta || 8||











yá īṃ rā́jānāvṛtutʰā́ vidádʰadrájaso mitró váruṇaścíketat |
gambʰīrā́ya rákṣase hetímasya drógʰāya cidvácasa ā́navāya || 9||











ántaraiścakraístánayāya vartírdyumátā́ yātaṃ nṛvátā rátʰena |
sánutyena tyájasā mártyasya vanuṣyatā́mápi śīrṣā́ vavṛktam || 10||











ā́ paramā́bʰirutá madʰyamā́bʰirniyúdbʰiryātamavamā́bʰirarvā́k |
dṛḷhásya cidgómato ví vrajásya dúro vartaṃ gṛṇaté citrarātī || 11||












Sūkta 6.63 

kvà tyā́ valgū́ puruhūtā́dyá dūtó ná stómo'vidannámasvān |
ā́ yó arvā́ṅnā́satyā vavárta préṣṭʰā hyásatʰo asya mánman || 1||











áraṃ me gantaṃ hávanāyāsmaí gṛṇānā́ yátʰā píbātʰo ándʰaḥ |
pári ha tyádvartíryātʰo riṣó ná yátpáro nā́ntarastuturyā́t || 2||











ákāri vāmándʰaso várīmannástāri barhíḥ suprāyaṇátamam |
uttānáhasto yuvayúrvavandā́ vāṃ nákṣanto ádraya āñjan || 3||











ūrdʰvó vāmagníradʰvaréṣvastʰātprá rātíreti jūrṇínī gʰṛtā́cī |
prá hótā gūrtámanā urāṇó'yukta yó nā́satyā hávīman || 4||











ádʰi śriyé duhitā́ sū́ryasya rátʰaṃ tastʰau purubʰujā śatótim |
prá māyā́bʰirmāyinā bʰūtamátra nárā nṛtū jánimanyajñíyānām || 5||











yuváṃ śrībʰírdarśatā́bʰirābʰíḥ śubʰé puṣṭímūhatʰuḥ sūryā́yāḥ |
prá vāṃ váyo vápuṣé'nu paptannákṣadvā́ṇī súṣṭutā dʰiṣṇyā vām || 6||











ā́ vāṃ váyó'śvāso váhiṣṭʰā abʰí práyo nāsatyā vahantu |
prá vāṃ rátʰo mánojavā asarjīṣáḥ pṛkṣá iṣídʰo ánu pūrvī́ḥ || 7||











purú hí vāṃ purubʰujā deṣṇáṃ dʰenúṃ na íṣaṃ pinvatamásakrām |
stútaśca vāṃ mādʰvī suṣṭutíśca rásāśca yé vāmánu rātímágman || 8||











utá ma ṛjré púrayasya ragʰvī́ sumīḷhé śatáṃ peruké ca pakvā́ |
śāṇḍó dāddʰiraṇínaḥ smáddiṣṭīndáśa vaśā́so abʰiṣā́ca ṛṣvā́n || 9||











sáṃ vāṃ śatā́ nāsatyā sahásrā́śvānāṃ purupántʰā giré dāt |
bʰarádvājāya vīra nū́ giré dāddʰatā́ rákṣāṃsi purudaṃsasā syuḥ || 10||











ā́ vāṃ sumné várimansūríbʰiḥ ṣyām || 11||












Sūkta 6.64 

údu śriyá uṣáso rócamānā ástʰurapā́ṃ nórmáyo rúśantaḥ |
kṛṇóti víśvā supátʰā sugā́nyábʰūdu vásvī dákṣiṇā magʰónī || 1||











bʰadrā́ dadṛkṣa urviyā́ ví bʰāsyútte śocírbʰānávo dyā́mapaptan |
āvírvákṣaḥ kṛṇuṣe śumbʰámānóṣo devi rócamānā máhobʰiḥ || 2||











váhanti sīmaruṇā́so rúśanto gā́vaḥ subʰágāmurviyā́ pratʰānā́m |
ápejate śū́ro ásteva śátrūnbā́dʰate támo ajiró ná vóḷhā || 3||











sugótá te supátʰā párvateṣvavāté apástarasi svabʰāno |
sā́ na ā́ vaha pṛtʰuyāmannṛṣve rayíṃ divo duhitariṣayádʰyai || 4||











sā́ vaha yókṣábʰirávātóṣo váraṃ váhasi jóṣamánu |
tváṃ divo duhitaryā́ ha devī́ pūrváhūtau maṃhánā darśatā́ bʰūḥ || 5||











útte váyaścidvasatérapaptannáraśca yé pitubʰā́jo vyùṣṭau |
amā́ saté vahasi bʰū́ri vāmámúṣo devi dāśúṣe mártyāya || 6||












Sūkta 6.65 

eṣā́ syā́ no duhitā́ divojā́ḥ kṣitī́rucʰántī mā́nuṣīrajīgaḥ |
yā́ bʰānúnā rúśatā rāmyā́svájñāyi tirástámasaścidaktū́n || 1||











ví tádyayuraruṇayúgbʰiráśvaiścitráṃ bʰāntyuṣásaścandráratʰāḥ |
ágraṃ yajñásya bṛható náyantīrví tā́ bādʰante táma ū́rmyāyāḥ || 2||











śrávo vā́jamíṣamū́rjaṃ váhantīrní dāśúṣa uṣaso mártyāya |
magʰónīrvīrávatpátyamānā ávo dʰāta vidʰaté rátnamadyá || 3||











idā́ hí vo vidʰaté rátnamástīdā́ vīrā́ya dāśúṣa uṣāsaḥ |
idā́ víprāya járate yáduktʰā́ ní ṣma mā́vate vahatʰā purā́ cit || 4||











idā́ hí ta uṣo adrisāno gotrā́ gávāmáṅgiraso gṛṇánti |
vyàrkéṇa bibʰidurbráhmaṇā ca satyā́ nṛṇā́mabʰavaddeváhūtiḥ || 5||











ucʰā́ divo duhitaḥ pratnavánno bʰaradvājavádvidʰaté magʰoni |
suvī́raṃ rayíṃ gṛṇaté rirīhyurugāyámádʰi dʰehi śrávo naḥ || 6||












Sūkta 6.66 

vápurnú táccikitúṣe cidastu samānáṃ nā́ma dʰenú pátyamānam |
márteṣvanyáddoháse pīpā́ya sakṛ́cʰukráṃ duduhe pṛ́śnirū́dʰaḥ || 1||



1.  vapusnnsn nuc tadr3nsn cikitvaṅstp·Imsd«√cit cidc astuvp·Ao3s«√as  
    samānajnsn nāmannnsa dʰenujnsn patyamānata·Ansn«√pat |
    martajmpl anyatjnsn dohasnnsd pīpāyavp·I·3s«√pī  
    sakṛta śukrajnsa duduheva·I·3s«√duh pṛśniNfsn ūdʰasnnsa 



1.  May the form called ``holding the middle between extremes''
    be yielding milk, be governing for him who has perceived it;
    among mortals she swelled another [breast] to milk,
    [while] simultaneously she, Pṛśni, milked the pure breast.



yé agnáyo ná śóśucannidʰānā́ dvíryáttrírmarúto vāvṛdʰánta |
areṇávo hiraṇyáyāsa eṣāṃ sākáṃ nṛmṇaíḥ paúṃsyebʰiśca bʰūvan || 2||



2.  yasr3mpn agninmpn nac śośucanvpIAE3p«√śuc idʰānajmpn  
    dvisa yadc trisa marutNmpn vavṛdʰantava·AE3p«√vṛdʰ |
    areṇujmpn hiraṇyayajmpn ayamr3mpg  
    sākama (nṛnms-mnanfs)nnpi pauṃsyannpi cac bʰūvanvp·UE3p«√bʰū 



2.  What fires¹, kindled, do not keep blazing ---
    twice and thrice Marut-s shall strengthen [those].
    Non-dusty ², golden are [flames] of these [fires].
    They should have arisen together with manly powers and manly deeds



rudrásya yé mīḷhúṣaḥ sánti putrā́ yā́m̐śco nú dā́dʰṛvirbʰáradʰyai |
vidé hí mātā́ mahó mahī́ ṣā́ sétpṛ́śniḥ subʰvè gárbʰamā́dʰāt || 3||



3.  rudraNmsg yasr3mpn mīḷhvasjmsg santivp·A·3p«√as putranmpn  
    yasr3mpa cac uc nuc dādʰṛvijfsn bʰaradʰyaiv···D··«√bʰṛ |
    videv···D··«√vid hic mātṛnfsn mahjmsg mahījfsnr3fsnr3fsn idc pṛśniNfsn subʰūjmsd garbʰanmsa āp adʰātvp·U·3s«√dʰā 



3.  who are sons of liberal Rudra,
    and whom indeed she was stalwart enough to bear³.
    Since it is known [that] she [is] the mighty mother of the mighty one,
    for [anyone] of excellent nature she, Pṛśni, should have deposited an embryo.



ná yá ī́ṣante janúṣó'yā nvàntáḥ sánto'vadyā́ni punānā́ḥ |
níryádduhré śúcayó'nu jóṣamánu śriyā́ tanvàmukṣámāṇāḥ || 4||



4.  nac yasr3mpn īṣante